The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink AboutPermit D13-246 - J CREW - TENANT IMPROVEMENTJ CREW 535 SOUTHCENTER MALL D13-246 City of.ukwila I Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206.431-3670 Inspection Request Line: 206-431-2451 Web site: http://www.TukwilaWA.gov DEVELOPMENT PERMIT Parcel No.: 9202470010 Address: 535 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKW Suite No: Project Name: J CREW Permit Number: D13-246 Issue Date: 09/03/2013 Permit Expires On: 03/02/2014 Owner: Name: WESTFIELD PROPERTY TAX DEPT Address: PO BOX 130940 , CARLSBAD CA 92013 Contact Person: Name: GARY PALMER Address: PO BOX 23534 , EUGENE OR 97492 Contractor: Name: J D BUILDERS Address: PO BOX 2458 , CAPISTRANO BEACH CA 98624 Contractor License No: JDBUI**037JLT Lender: Name: SELF FUNDED - J CREW Address: 770 BROADWAY, 14TH FLOOR , NEW YORK, NY 10003 Phone: 541-603-4191 Phone: 714 240-1340 Expiration Date: 03/01/2015 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: TYPICAL TENANT IMPROVEMENT ASSOCIATED WITH COMPLETE REMODELING FOR RETAIL SPACE INCLUDING DEMOLITION, REMODEL, MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL, FIRE SYSTEM AND ALARM. Value of Construction: $110,500.00 Fees Collected: $2,652.92 Type of Fire Protection: SPRINKLERS International Building Code Edition: 2012 Type of Construction: II -B Occupancy per IBC: 0019 Electrical Service Provided by: PUGET SOUND ENERGY **continued on next page** doc: IBC -7/10 D13-246 Printed: 09-03-2013 Public Works Activities: Channelization / Striping: N Curb Cut / Access / Sidewalk / CSS: N Fire Loop Hydrant: Flood Control Zone: Hauling: Land Altering: Landscape Irrigation: Moving Oversize Load: Sanitary Side Sewer: Sewer Main Extension: Storm Drainage: Street Use: Water Main Extension: Water Meter: Permit Center Authorized Signature: I hereby certify that I have read an governing this work will be compli N N N Number: 0 Size (Inches): 0 Start Time: Volumes: Cut 0 c.y. End Time: Fill 0 c.y. Start Time: End Time: Private: Profit: N Private: The granting of this permit does not construction or the performance of wo to this permit. exam dwit Public: Non -Profit: N Public: Date: ned this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances whether specified herein or not. Signature: e to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or local laws regulating am authorized to sign and obtain this development permit and agree to the conditions attached Date: 7/03//3 Print Name: jr( e V`/ ! tL l Sat') This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days from the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. PERMIT CONDITIONS: 1: ***BUILDING DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS*** 2: No changes shall be made to the approved plans unless approved by the design professional in responsible charge and the Building Official. 3: All mechanical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center (206/431-3670). 4: All permits, inspection records, and approved plans shall be at the job site and available to the inspectors prior to start of any construction. These documents shall be maintained and made available until final inspection approval is granted. 5: New suspended ceiling grid and light fixture installations shall meet the non -building structures seismic design requirements of ASCE 7. 6: Partition walls that are tied to the ceiling and all partitions greater than 6 feet in height shall be laterally braced to the building structure. doc: IBC -7/10 D13-246 Printed: 09-03-2013 7: All construction shall be done in conformanr'th the approved plans and the requirement the International Building Code or International Residential Cod ternational Mechanical Code, Washington Energy Code. 8: Fire retardant treated wood shall have a flame spread of not greater than 25. All materials shall bear identification showing the fire performance rating thereof. Such identification shall be issued by an approved agency having a service for inspection at the factory. 9: All rack storage requires a separate permit issued through the City of Tukwila Permit Center. Rack storage over 8 -feet in height shall be anchored or braced to prevent overturning or displacement during seismic events. The design and calculations for the anchorage or bracing shall be prepared by a registered professional engineer licensed in the State of Washington. 10: There shall be no occupancy of a building until final inspection has been completed and approved by Tukwila building inspector. No exception. 11: Remove all demolition rubble and loose miscellaneous material from lot or parcel of ground, properly cap the sanitary sewer connections, and properly fill or otherwise protect all basements, cellars, septic tanks, wells, and other excavations. Final inspection approval will be determined by the building inspector based on satisfactory completion of this requirement. 12: Ventilation is required for all new rooms and spaces of new or existing buildings and shall be in conformance with the International Building Code and the Washington State Ventilation and Indoor Air Quality Code. 13: All plumbing and gas piping work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Building Department (206-431-3670). 14: All electrical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Building Department (206-431-3670). 15: VALIDITY OF PERMIT: The issuance or granting of a permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of the building code or of any other ordinances of the City of Tukwila. Permits presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of the code or other ordinances of the City of Tukwila shall not be valid. The issuance of a permit based on construction documents and other data shall not prevent the Building Official from requiring the correction of errors in the construction documents and other data. 16: ***FIRE DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS*** 17: The attached set of building plans have been reviewed by the Fire Prevention Bureau and are acceptable with the following concerns: 18: The total number of fire extinguishers required for an ordinary hazard occupancy with Class A fire hazards is calculated at one extinguisher for each 1,500 sq. ft. of area: The extinguisher(s) should be of the "All Purpose" (2A, 20B:C) dry chemical type. Travel distance to any fire extinguisher must be 75' or less. (IFC 906.3) (NFPA 10, 3-2.1) 19: Portable fire extinguishers, not housed in cabinets, shall be installed on the hangers or brackets supplied. Hangers or brackets shall be securely anchored to the mounting surface in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight not exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 5 feet (1524 mm) above the floor. Hand-held portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 3.5 feet (1067 mm) above the floor. The clearance between the floor and the bottom of the installed hand-held extinguishers shall not be less than 4 inches (102 mm). (IFC 906.7 and IFC 906.9) 20: Fire extinguishers shall not be obstructed or obscured from view. In rooms or areas in which visual obstruction cannot be completely avoided, means shall be provided to indicate the locations of the extinguishers. (IFC 906.6) 21: Extinguishers shall be located in conspicuous locations where they will be readily accessible and immediately available for use. These locations shall be along normal paths of travel, unless the fire code official determines that the hazard posed indicates the need for placement away from normal paths of travel. (IFC 906.5) 22: Fire extinguishers require monthly and yearly inspections. They must have a tag or label securely attached that indicates the month and year that the inspection was performed and shall identify the company or person performing the service. Every six years stored pressure extinguishers shall be emptied and subjected to the applicable recharge procedures. If the required monthly and yearly inspections of the fire extinguisher(s) are not accomplished or the inspection tag is not completed, a reputable fire extinguisher service company will be required to conduct these required surveys. (NFPA 10, 4-3, 4-4) 23: Egress doors shall be readily openable from the egress side without the use of a key or special knowledge or effort. (IFC 1008.1.8.3 subsection 2.2) 24: Dead bolts are not allowed on auxiliary exit doors unless the dead bolt is automatically retracted when the door handle doc: IBC -7/10 D13-246 Printed: 09-03-2013 (IF h 10) is engaged from inside the tenant space. apt er 25: Door handles, pulls, latches, locks and otner operating devices on doors required to beccessible by Chapter 11 of the International Building Code shall not require tight grasping, tight pinching or twisting of the wrist to operate. (IFC 1008.1.8.1) 26: Exit hardware and marking shall meet the requirements of the International Fire Code. (IFC Chapter 10) 27: Exits and exit access doors shall be marked by an approved exit sign readily visible from any direction of egress travel. Access to exits shall be marked by readily visible exit signs in cases where the exit or the path of egress travel is not immediately visible to the occupants. Exit sign placement shall be such that no point in an exit access corridor is more than 100 feet (30,480 mm) or the listed viewing distance for the sign, whichever is less, from the nearest visible exit sign. (IFC 1011.1) 28: Every exit sign and directional exit sign shall have plainly legible letters not less than 6 inches (152 mm) high with the principal strokes of the letters not less than 0.75 inch (19.1 mm) wide. The word "EXIT" shall have letters having a width not less than 2 inches (51 mm) wide except the letter "I", and the minimum spacing between letters shall not be less than 0.375 inch (9.5 mm). Signs larger than the minimum established in section 1011.5.1 of the International Fire Code shall have letter widths, strokes and spacing in proportion to their height. The word "EXIT" shall be in high contrast with the background and shall be clearly discernible when the exit sign illumination means is or is not energized. If an arrow is provided as part of the exit sign, the construction shall be such that the arrow direction cannot be readily changed. (IFC 1011.5.1) 29: Exit signs shall be illuminated at all times. To ensure continued illumination for a duration of not less than 90 minutes in case of primary power loss, the sign illumination means shall be connected to an emergency power system provided from storage batteries, unit equipment or on-site generator. (IFC 1006.1, 1006.2, 1006.3) 30: Emergency lighting facilities shall be arranged to provide initial illumination that is at least an average of 1 foot-candle (11 lux) and a minimum at any point of 0.1 foot-candle (1 lux) measured along the path of egress at floor level. Illumination levels shall be permitted to decline to 0.6 foot-candle (6 lux) average and a minimum at any point of 0.06 foot-candle (0.6 lux) at the end of the emergency lighting time duration. A maximum -to -minimum illumination uniformity ratio of 40 to 1 shall not be exceeded. (IFC 1006.4) 31: Aisles leading to required exits shall be provided from all portions of the building and the required width of the aisles shall be unobstructed. (IFC 1013.4) 32: Maintain sprinkler coverage per N.F.P.A. 13. Addition/relocation of walls, closets or partitions may require relocating and/or adding sprinkler heads. (IFC 901.4) 33: Sprinklers shall be installed under fixed obstructions over 4 feet (1.2 m) wide such as ducts, decks, open grate flooring, cutting tables, shelves and overhead doors. (NFPA 13-8.6.5.3.3) 34: All new sprinkler systems and all modifications to existing sprinkler systems shall have fire department review and approval of drawings prior to installation or modification. New sprinkler systems and all modifications to sprinkler systems involving more than 50 heads shall have the written approval of Factory Mutual or any fire protection engineer licensed by the State of Washington and approved by the Fire Marshal prior to submittal to the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No sprinkler work shall commence without approved drawings. (City Ordinance No. 2327). 35: A fire alarm system is required for this project. The fire alarm system shall meet the requirements of N.F.P.A. 72 and City Ordinance #2328. (ALL FIRE ALARM COMPONENTS TO BE TIED TO THE MAIN MALL FIRE ALARM PANEL.) 36: Maintain fire alarm system audible/visual notification. Addition/relocation of walls or partitions may require relocation and/or addition of audible/visual notification devices. (City Ordinance #2328) 37: All new fire alarm systems or modifications to existing systems shall have the written approval of The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No work shall commence until a fire department permit has been obtained. (City Ordinance #2328) (IFC 104.2) 38: An electrical permit from the City of Tukwila Building Department Permit Center (206-431-3670) is required for this project. 39: All electrical work and equipment shall conform strictly to the standards of the National Electrical Code. (NFPA 70) 40: The maximum flame spread class of finish materials used on interior walls and ceilings shall not exceed that set forth in Table No. 803.5 of the International Building Code. 41: Post address on storefront per approved Westfield standards. 42: Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (City Ordinances #2327 and #2328) doc: IBC -7/10 D13-246 Printed: 09-03-2013 43: Any overlooked hazardous condition and/dliklation of the adopted Fire or Building Codeees not imply approval of such condition or violation. 44: These plans were reviewed by Inspector 511. If you have any questions, please call Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau at (206)575-4407. doc: IBC -7/10 D13-246 Printed: 09-03-2013 • CITY OF TUKWILA Community Development Department Public Works Department Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 http://www.TukwilaWA.gov Building Permit No. t 13- d2-1 Project No. Date Application Accepted: 3 Date Application Expires: I (For office use only) CONSTRUCTION PERMIT APPLICATION Applications and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or by fax. **Please Print** SITE LOCATION King Co Assessor's Tax No.: Site Address: 535 Southcenter Mall Tenant Name: J Crew Suite Number: 676 PROPERTY OWNER Name: Westfield Address: 11601 Wiltshire Blvd, 11th Floor City: Los Angeles State: CA Zip: 90025 CONTACT PERSON — person receiving all project communication Name: Gary Palmer, Property Service Address: PO Box 23534 City: Eugene State: OR Zip: 97492 Phone: (514) 603-4191 Fax: Email: psconsultants@sbcglobal.net GENERAL CONTRACTOR INFORMATION Company Name: TBD Architect Name: Dennis Mitchel Address: 6031 West I-20, STE 260 City: Arlington State: TX Zip: 76017 Address: Email: officereply@dtmarchitect.com City: Westerville State: OH City: State: 839-2222 Zip: Phone: Fax: Contr Reg No.: Exp Date: Tukwila Business License No.; H:\Applications\Forns-Applications On Line\2011 Applications\Permit Application Revised - 8-9-I1.dooc Revised: August 2011 bh New Tenant: Floor: Ground m Yes D ..No ARCHITECT OF RECORD Company Name: DTM Architect Architect Name: Dennis Mitchel Address: 6031 West I-20, STE 260 City: Arlington State: TX Zip: 76017 Phone: (817) 265-2415 Fax: (817) 483-7377 Email: officereply@dtmarchitect.com ENGINEER OF RECORD Name: J Crew Company Name: M Engineering City: New York State: NY Zip: 10003 Engineer Name: Jacqueline Papa Durst Address: 750 Brooksedge Blvd City: Westerville State: OH Zip: 43081 Phone: (614) 839-4639 Fax: (214) 839-2222 Email: jdurst@mengineering.us.com LENDER/BOND ISSUED (required for projects $5,000 or greater per RCW 19.27.095) Name: J Crew Address: 770 Broadway, 14th Floor City: New York State: NY Zip: 10003 Page 1 of 4 BUILDING PERMIT INFORMATION — 206-431-3670 Valuation of Project (contractor's bid price): $ 110,500 Describe the scope of work (please provide detailed information): Typical TI associated with complete remodeling for retail space including: demolition, remodel, mechanical, plumbing, electrical, fire system and alarm. Existing Building Valuation: $ NOTE: Racking Permit to follow with associated plans and permit application Will there be new rack storage? ® Yes El.. No If yes, a separate permit and plan submittal will be required. Provide All Building Areas in Square Footage Below PLANNING DIVISION: Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) 'For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following: Lot Area (sq ft): Floor area of principal dwelling: Floor area of accessory dwelling: 'Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: Compact: Handicap: Will there be a change in use? 0 Yes 0 No If "yes", explain: FIRE PROTECTION/HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: ® Sprinklers 0 Automatic Fire Alarm 0 None 0 Other (specify) Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? ❑ Yes ] No If `yes', attach list of materials and storage locations on a separate 8-1/2" x 11 " paper including quantities and Material Safety Data Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM 0 On-site Septic System — For on-site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. H:\Applications\Forts-Applications On Line \2011 Applications \Permit Application Revised - 8-9-11.do©c Revised: August 2011 bh Page 2 of 4 Existing Interior Remodel Addition to Existing Structure New Type of Construction per IBC Type of Occupancy per IBC In Floor 2,538 2,538 IIB M rd Floor 3`d Floor Floors thru Basement Accessory Structure' Attached Garage Detached Garage Attached Carport Detached Carport Covered Deck Uncovered Deck PLANNING DIVISION: Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) 'For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following: Lot Area (sq ft): Floor area of principal dwelling: Floor area of accessory dwelling: 'Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: Compact: Handicap: Will there be a change in use? 0 Yes 0 No If "yes", explain: FIRE PROTECTION/HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: ® Sprinklers 0 Automatic Fire Alarm 0 None 0 Other (specify) Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? ❑ Yes ] No If `yes', attach list of materials and storage locations on a separate 8-1/2" x 11 " paper including quantities and Material Safety Data Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM 0 On-site Septic System — For on-site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. H:\Applications\Forts-Applications On Line \2011 Applications \Permit Application Revised - 8-9-11.do©c Revised: August 2011 bh Page 2 of 4 PERMIT APPLICATION NOTES — Value of Construction — In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Permit Center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review — Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. The Building Official may grant one or more extensions of time for additional periods not exceeding 90 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 105.3.2 International Building Code (current edition). I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND 1 AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. BUILDING OWNER OR AUTHORIZED AGES / Signature: C�!..,41 FP�,.�.n (//yy// l42Q�s►� Print Name: Gary Palmer, Property Service Mailing Address: PO Box 23534 H:\Applicatiots\Fours-Applications On Line 2011 Applications\Pemat Application Revised - 8-9.1 l.docx Revised: August 2011 bn Date: 7/ 1- 3 Day Telephone: (514) 603-4191 Eugene OR 97492 City State Zip Page 4 of 4 • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206-43 1-3670 Fax: 206-431-3665 Web site: http://www.TukwilaWA.gov RECEIPT Parcel No.: 9202470010 Permit Number: D13-246 Address: 535 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKW Status: APPROVED Suite No: Applied Date: 07/22/2013 Applicant: J CREW Issue Date: Receipt No.: R13-02519 Payment Amount: $1,609.60 Initials: JEM Payment Date: 09/03/2013 07:49 AM User ID: 1165 Balance: $0.00 Payee: J.D. COMMERCIAL BUILDERS, INC. TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Descriptio Amount Payment Check 19332 1,609.60 Authorization No. ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description Account Code Current Pmts BUILDING - NONRES 000.322.100 STATE BUILDING SURCHARGE 640.237.114 Total: $1,609.60 1,605.10 4.50 dnn. Reneint-05 Printed: 09-03-2013 • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206-431-3670 Fax: 206-431-3665 Web site: http://www.TukwilaWA.2ov RECEIPT Parcel No.: 9202470010 Permit Number: D13-246 Address: 535 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKW Status: PENDING Suite No: Applied Date: 07/22/2013 Applicant: J CREW Issue Date: Receipt No.: R13-02184 Payment Amount: $1,043.32 Initials: WER Payment Date: 07/22/2013 04:32 PM User ID: 1655 Balance: $1,609.60 Payee: GARY R PALMER TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Descriptio Amount Payment Credit Crd VISA Authorization No. 00966G ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description 1,043.32 Account Code Current Pmts PLAN CHECK - NONRES 000.345.830 1,043.32 Total: $1,043.32 �inr. Receint-OR Printed: 07-22-2013 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431-2451 1 -246 Projects--- Cf f Ins ectio is Type1(Q . nC") n /IAL- Addre 3 SJ 3c m j( Date Called: Speci Instructions: Date Wanted: I I —! Z -1-?p.m. '` m� Requester: Phone No: Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: P -erMr o t Inspect 403A, Date: -/2-13 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED..Prior to next inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION f 10. PERMIT NO. CITYIIOF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300,5outhcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431-2451 JD 13.246 f e _Types! Project: J C. lnspecU 1 G Addre _35 Sc MAl/ Date Called: Special Instructions: 6-7Z (e- n( 4 pl!-14‘. A4 Date Wanted: S —` /3 ' a.m. p.m. Requester: -Phone No: I i Q+?' / '38 Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: ICR.sc-heJ (e Inspeto:Qate: / 3 REINSPECTION FEE REQ for to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. -4V0 INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION' RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431-2451 Project:__ t..1 (_ e V/ Type of Inspection: - b'..,JU.Fra' - 126 Wr— Address: S 3_5 .sc__ MA-(( Date Called: S v S • Ce, L, 46 Special Instructions: Date Wanted:----. I _ (3 �� 73 p.m. Requester: Phone No: O r' / 33 Approved per applicable codes. 0 Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: &K GuJ 3E Inspector: Date: -(3 I REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter. Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request. Line (206) 431-2451 Project' - s Type of Inspection: .. 5US. L-E?i..._, /1( Address- ` j j Date Called: Special Instructions: ... Date Wanted:00-q--— I�� & 1 3 a.m. t m. itequester: PJ4/,333 :Approved per applicable codes. LJ Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: P/A e-ec PFS D'•n C� nsp- tor: Da ' :0 Z� (3 i REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., uite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. �S INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION G 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 , (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431-2451 Project: J (re -VV Type f Inspection: -rt A -AA, AG Address: C s _ , , Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: (e`�m,.t ®.'3 — 13 p.m. Requester: PhosneZ 40(rr403s8 Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: t�• Inspet, tor: cutt_/ REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. S ite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Date'3 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION`NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION • 6300 Southcenter..Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431-2451 Projec Type of Inspection: Address: -3S SC 41i Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted•. 5 -� < _13 �pj p.m. Requester: Phone No: -4 ©Y-1 23 Approved per applicable codes. 1J Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: K 4reA fess '11 /P-ea/4 I( Inspector:^ Date:? — L 3 -. REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection; INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION C 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-367 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431-2451 Project--- Type of Inspection: Address Date.Called:-- = t -n-.-,:; , , Special Instructions: ' Date Wantedh-, „7.,..., Z- % 7 a.m. pm. Requester: Pht e1 :, 1 3. JApproved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: JAI eJ Env R per n -� 3 n s.�-P "1 7 s• - l Spector: n Dafen , 74 A t._ n REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.: Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188. (206) 431-367 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431-2451 J / 3 -24co Projects i Cf C l Type.of Inspection: , / f-1' A-MEA SU S, �-e < l_ Address: _ 53S._Se A-(/4-1( Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted:., C.i — 1 . ( a.m. ,�p�m�) Requester: Pho.51, — 1., -( ,$ 3& Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. `] COMMENTS: OA— re_4oceor,(4 A of— i` Q (r r Inspector: (;,-)1A,* REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next insp ction, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to scheYiule reinspection. Dat INSPECTION RECORD Retain. a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION G 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 -(206) 431-3670. Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431-2451 �r3 -2410 Proje re_ 1/44/ ... . . Type of Inspection:, r pcM, AG, Address:_ 3s .. 5 � AAALL Date Called: Special Instructions: . Date Wanted _ el _ t - a.m. • Requester: Phone No. (--10E---(033S' EiApproved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: / L. eD K 6-o ve-+ f a itk G r. ,3 `-`-c>, S 2 .e5c6'f7fL) or- ELSi-7r7vli-'"AA fi- 1 �. 4 ,,d —� A-4 3_gfA- J o. J f ,P3 JA t . ,-~ aI _ s 14 e -c -T ikk.K7.----, 43 A eicT% /` ---- --, r J Spector: / Date G', j 2 n REINSPECTION FEE REQUIREQ. Priorto next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit 3 - F— 2 19 /3—S -2-i3 PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT - 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206-575-4407 Project: te..5 Typeof Insp ction: FA- crv,04 - •;--(--- -..vi.e< \ .•.--1\e_. A liev- ^,--, Address: Suite #: ?"-3_5-- , M p./ ( Contact Person: Special Instructions: Monitor: 6coirdp40--- Phone No.: Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: te..5 Sprinklers: ye...j .•.--1\e_. A liev- ^,--, li:.1r,,00k) --- 0 IL Hood & Duct: A" Monitor: 6coirdp40--- /i)r -4,V.e.... of-- I s N ft\ ,_.... Occupancy Type: A4 t-/;< e 5;J- PSS Needs Shift Inspection: te..5 Sprinklers: ye...j Hrs.: Fire Alarm:/<, -s Hood & Duct: A" Monitor: 6coirdp40--- Pre -Fire: ill'a Permits: Occupancy Type: A4 Inspector -' ,,,c__.3 Date: /74 /J Hrs.: 0 $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from ,the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 6/11/10 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 -- INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206-575-4407 Project: 3Type C C7e (A.D of Inspection: ,k/t7 Address: Suite #: c�S SC VV k --I ( Contact Person: Special Instructions: Phone No.: Approved per applicable codes. - Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: ® -›-'23 — 600 Occupancy Type: 77O I+ o 0, A1/ 4.vc • N Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: i Inspector 63 Date: //%//3 Hrs.: / a $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 6/11/10 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit 013-29h /3-S- 2/3 PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT,„ 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206-575-4407 Project: . J . CE-ew Type of Inspection: Sp 6 -v. -e.,-' Address:/ Suite #: 5 3r SC Az (/ Contact Person: Special Instructions: Phone No.: F1Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: OK cOuPr ill �•� Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector: 'CFMs-7-/ Date: ''' izzia Hrs.: % $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 6/11/10 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit I)/3- (9N6 PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206-575-4407 0) Project: Ci -e-14./ Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Type of Inspection: ' ce)U-ems Address: s-35, Suite #: 5-, 6 , fl/WLL Contact Person: Special Instructions: Phone No.: Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: ok_ AA-r-ee 1,d_s Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector: 7-1 /6-.,n < Z Date: 9/2// Hrs.: $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 6/11/10 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 r f NCO 2012 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, Group R1, and > 3 story R2 and R3 Interior Lighting Summary LGT-SUM 2012 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, Group R1, and > 3 story R2 and R3 Revised June 2013 Project Info 'Project Address J. Crew Date 8/1/2013 Southcenter Mall For Building Department Use FILE COPY 1k.00% Seattle, Washington 98188 Applicant Name: David Gonzalez Applicant Address: M -Engineering 750 Brooksedge Blvd Westervil!@AH...." Applicant Phone: (614) - 839 - 4639 Project Description ❑ New Building ❑ Addition ❑ Alteration ❑ Plans Included Lighting Compliance Path ® Lighting Power Density Calculations 0 Total Building Performance (If Total Building Performance then only LGT-CHK is required.) Interior Lighting Compliance Option 0 Building Area Method ® Space-by-spac- 1 ‘etho REVIEWED FOR 1 Interior Lighting System Description Briefly describe lighting system type and features. A.,00E: t,OMPLtANCE APPROVED AUG 2 9 2013 City of Tukwila Additions Change of Space Use (C101.4.3 & C101.4.4) ' CUILLANU DIVI� ION and ❑ Addition area or Change of Space Use area complies with all applicable provisions as stand alone project ❑ Addition area or Change of Space Use area is combined with existing building lighting systems to demonstrate compliance with all applicable provisions Provide Building Area Method (LTG -INT -BLD) or Space -By -Space Method (LTG -INT -SPACE) Compliance Form. Document maximum allowed and proposed (including existing if applicable) lighting wattage of Addition or Change of Use scope. Provide applicable lighting controls per C405.2 and commissioning of lighting controls per C405.13. Alterations, Renovations and Repairs (C101.4.3.1) ❑ 60% or more of luminaires in space replaced Provide Building Area Method (LTG -INT -BLD) or Space -By -Space Method (LTG -INT -SPACE) Compliance Form. Document maximum allowed and proposed (including existing) lighting wattage of project scope ❑ Less than 60% of luminaires in space replaced Provide Space -by -space Method (LTG -INT -SPACE) Compliance Form. Document existing total wattage in space and proposed (including existing) lighting wattage of project scope ❑ Lamp and/or ballast replacement within existing luminaires only — existing total interior building wattage not increased ❑ New wiring installed to serve added fixtures and/or fixtures relocated to new circuit Provide applicable manual lighting controls (C405.2.1), occupancy sensors (C405.2.2.2), daylight zone controls (C405.2.2.3), specific application controls (C405.2.3), and commissioning of lighting controls per C405.13 ❑ New or moved lighting panel Provide all applicable lighting controls as noted for New Wiring, automatic time switch controls (C405.2.2.1), and commissioning of lighting controls per C405.13. ❑ Space is reconfigured - luminaires unchanged or mov,,= , r Provide all applicable lighting controls as noted •, -w wi '8..10 coning of lighting controls per C405.13. 4 WAS A ^ No changes are being made to the interior lig ,<. _ . ',•�ce n:' (G. ?AUG 01 201 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA AUG 062013 PERMIT CENTER 2012 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, Group R1, and > 3 story R2 and R3 Interior Lighting Summary - Space -by -Space LTG -INT -SPACE 2 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, Group R1, and > 3 story R2 and R3 Revised June 2013 Project Info Project Address J. Crew Date 8/1/2013 Southcenter Mallo For Building Department Use Seattle, Washington 98188 Applicant Name: David Gonzalez Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage Location (plan #, room #, or ALL) Space Type* Allowed Watts per ft2 Gross Interior Area in ft2 Watts Allowed (watts/ft2 x area) Sales Retail: Sales area 1.68 3891 6537 Fitting Room Retail: Dressing/fitting area 0.87 268 233 Restroom Restroom 0.98 56 55 Stock Storage 0.63 888 559 74 Atrium** Enter Height:, Stock & Restroom P - Fluorescent - two lamp 22 64 Retail Display. Allowance from LGT-INT-DISPLAY 1111111111111 5947 * Select Table C405.5.2(2) category from drop down menu. ** For atriums, indicate height.Allowed wattage for first 40 feet is 0.03 W/ft. ht., above 40 feet is 0.02 W/ft. ht. Provosed Lighting Wattage Total Area Allowed Watts 5103 13332 Location (plan #, room #, or ALL) Fixture Description (Include exempt equipment per Note 3) Number of Fixtures Watts/ Fixture Watts ' Proposed Sales Al - Recessed narrow flood - single lamp 2 26 52 Sales A2 - Recessed narrow floor- two lamps 23 52 1196 Sales D9 - Pendant fixture - two lamp 2 120 240 Fitting area R1 - Recessed Downlight - single lamp , 9 37 333 Fitting area R2 - Recessed Downlight - two lamp 10 74 740 Stock & Restroom P - Fluorescent - two lamp 22 64 1408 Retail Display Lighting fromLGT-INT-DISPLAY 6840 Total Proposed Watts may not exceed Total Allowed Watts for Interior Lighting Total Proposed Watts 10809 Notes: 1. For proposed Fixture Description, indicate fixture type, lamp type (e.g. T-8), number of lamps in the fixture, and ballast type (if included). For track lighting, list the length of the track (in feet) in addition to the fixture, lamp, and ballast information. 2. For proposed Watts/Fixture, use manufacturer's listed maximum input wattage of the fixture (not simply the lamp wattage) and other criteria as specified in Section C405.5.1. For line voltage track lighting, list the greater of actual luminaire wattage or length of track multiplied by 50, or as applicable, the wattage of current limiting devices or of the transformer. For low voltage track lighting list the transformer rated wattage. 3. List all fixtures. For lighting equipment eligible for exemption per C405.5.1, note exception number and leave Watts/Fixture blank. 2012 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, Group R1, and > 3 story R2 and R3 Interior Display Lighting - Space -by -Space mercial, Group R1, and > 3 story R2 and R3 LTG -INT -DISPLAY Revised June 2013 Project Info Project Address J. Crew Date 8/1/2013 Southcenter MallD For Building Department Use Seattle, Washington 98188 Applicant Name: David Gonzalez Maximum Allowed Display Lighting Wattage Location (plan #, room #, or ALL) Space Type* Allowed Watts per ft2,,„ Gross Interior Area in ft2 Watts Allowed (watts/ft2 x area) Sales Retail 3: furniture, clothing, cosmetics, artwork 1.40 3891 5447 240 480 * Only areas within retail sales areas that contain separately controlled display light maybe entered per Table C405.5.2(2) footnoteA. ** From Table C405.5.2(2) footnote A. Proposed Display Lighting Wattage Total rea rea 3891 with C405.5.2(2) footnote A may entered here Display Allowance 5447 5947 Location (plan #, room #, or ALL) Display Fixture Description Number of Fixtures Watts/ Fixture Watts Proposed Sales Track Lighting (5 A Current Limiter) 5 600 3000 Sales Track Lighting (7 A Current Limiter) 4 840 3360 Sales Track Lighting (2 A Current Limiter) 2 240 480 Total Proposed Watts 6840 Notes: 1. For proposed Display Fixture Description, indicate fixture type, lamp type (e.g. T-8), number of lamps in the fixture, and ballast type (if included). For track lighting, list the length of the track (in feet) in addition to the fixture, lamp, and ballast information. 2. For proposed Watts/Fixture, use manufacturer's listed maximum input wattage of the fixture (not simply the lamp wattage) and other criteria as specified in Section C405.5.1. For line voltage track lighting, list the greater of actual luminaire wattage or length of track multiplied by 50, or as applicable, the wattage of current limiting devices or of the transformer. For low voltage track lighting list the transformer rated wattage. 3. List all display fixtures. 2012 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, Group R1, and > 3 story R2 and R3 Lighting, Motor, and Transformer Permit Plans Checklist LTG -CHK 2012 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, Group R1, and > 3 story R2 and R3 Revised June 2013 Project AddressJ. Crew Date 8/1/2013 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the lighting, motor, and transformer requirements in the 2012 Washington State Nonresidential Ene gy Code. Applicability (yes, no, n.a.) Code Section Component Information Required Location on Plans Building Department Notes LIGHTING CONTROLS (Section C405.2) gur C405.2.1 Manual lighting controls Lighting control schedule with type, locations served, 50% lighting reduction method C405.2.2.1 Automatic time switch controls Lighting systems automatic shut-off capability - indicate method and location served on plans. Note locations where automatic shutoff is provided by other method (occupancy sensor, daylight controls, etc) Override switching Schedule with locations served - no single override switch exceeds an area of 5,000 SF C405.2.2.2 Occupancy sensors Schedule of locations served C405.2.2.3 Daylight zones Vertical fenestration Primary and secondary daylight zone areas indicated on plans Skylights Skylight daylight zone areas indicated on plans 405.2.2.3.' ` Daylight zone controls Lighting control schedule with dimming method and locations served - no single daylight control zone exceeds 2,500 SF C405.2.3 Specific application controls Specific application lighting controls are independent of general area lighting and controls for other lighting applications Means of egress lighting Lighting control schedule with method and locations served. Note luminaires that function as both normal and egress. Display lighting Lighting control schedule with type and locations served Accent lighting Lighting control schedule with type and locations served Hotel/motel guest rooms Lighting control schedule with type and locations served Supplemental task lighting Lighting control schedule with type and locations served Non-exempt lighting equipment Lighting control schedule with type, applications served and locations Non-exempt lighting equipment Lighting control schedule with type, applications served and locations C405.2.4 Exterior lighting controls Lighting control schedule with type, features and location served INTERIOR LIGHTING POWER (Section C405.5) C405.5.1 Total connected lighting power Schedule with fixture types, lamps, ballasts, watts per fixture Space exceptions Space exceptions taken noted on plans or compliance form Lighting equipment exceptions Equipment exceptions taken noted on plans or compliance form C405.5.2 Lighting power calculations Building Area Method Compliance form completed — proposed wattage per building area does not exceed maximum allowed wattage Space -By -Space Method Compliance form completed — total proposed wattage does not exceed maximum allowed wattage C405.4 Exit signs All internally illuminated exits sign are < 5 watts per side EXTERIOR LIGHTING POWER (Section C405.6) C405.6.2 Total connected lighting power Schedule with fixture types, lamps, ballasts, watts per fixture Exterior application exceptions Exterior application exceptions taken noted on plans or compliance form Lighting power calculations Compliance form completed — proposed wattage for exterior lighting plus base site allowed does not exceed max. allowed C405.6.1 Exterior building grounds lighting Schedule with fixture types, lamps, ballasts, watts per fixture; lumens per watt for fixtures > 100 watts • 2012 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, Group R1, and > 3 story R2 and R3 Lighting, Motor, and Transformer Permit Plans Checklist LTG -CHK Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, Group R1, and > 3 story R2 and R3 Revised June 2013 2012 Washington State Energy Project AddressJ. Crew Date 8/1/2013 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the lighting, motor, and transformer requirements in the 2012 Washington State Nonresidential Ene gy Code. Applicability (yes, no, n.a.) Code Section Component Information Required Location on Plans Building Department Notes ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS (Sections C405.7 ,C405.9, C405.12, C409.2.1) C409.2.1 Electrical energy consumption — whole building Meters provided for whole building electric energy usage C405.7 Electrical energy consumption — dwelling units Individual dwelling unit electricity meters provided C405.9 Transformers Indicate transformer size and efficiency on plans C405.12.1 Variable speed escalators and moving walks Variable speed controls provided C405.12.2 Regenerative drives Variable frequency regenerative drives provided for escalators COMMISSIONING (Sections C405.13, C408.3, C409.4.4) C405.13 Commissioning Commissioning procedure developed for all applicable systems C408.3 Lighting controls Commissioning plan and functional test procedure developed C409.4.4 Electrical energy consumption meters Commissioning plan and functional test procedure developed Escalators & moving walks Commissioning plan and functional test procedure developed If "no" is circled for any question, provide explanation: August 13, 2013 Gary Palmer PO Box 23534 Eugene, OR 97492 • City of Tukwila Jim Haggerton, Mayor Department of Community Development Jack Pace, Director RE: Correction Letter #1 Development Permit Application Number D13-246 J Crew —535 Southcenter Mall Dear Mr. Palmer, This letter is to inform you of corrections that must be addressed before your development permit can be approved. All correction requests from each department must be addressed at the same time and reflected on your drawings. I have enclosed comments from the Building Department. At this time the Fire, Planning, and Public Works Departments have no comments. Building Department: Allen Johannessen at 206 433-7163 if you have questions regarding the attached comments. Please address the attached comments in an itemized format with applicable revised plans, specifications, and/or other documentation. The City requires that four (4) sets of revised plans, specifications and/or other documentation be resubmitted with the appropriate revision block. In order to better expedite your resubmittal, a `Revision Submittal Sheet' must accompany every resubmittal. I have enclosed one for your convenience. Corrections/revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or by a messenger service. If you have any questions, I can be reached at (206) 431-3670. Sincerely, Bill Rambo Permit Technician File No. D13-246 W:IPermit CenterlCorrection Letters12013ID13-246 Correction Letter #1.docx 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone 206-431-3670 • Fax 206-431-3665 Tukwila Building Division Allen Johannessen, Plan Examiner Building Division Review Memo Date: August 12, 2013 Project Name: J Crew Permit #: D13-246 Plan Review: Allen Johannessen, Plans Examiner The Building Division conducted a plan review on the subject permit application. Please address the following comments in an itemized format with revised plans, specifications and/or other applicable documentation. (GENERAL NOTE) PLAN SUBMITTALS: (Min. size 11x17 to maximum size of 24x36; all sheets shall be the same size. New revised plan sheets shall be the same size sheets as those previously submitted.) (If applicable) Structural Drawings and structural calculations sheets by a registered engineer shall have a current signed stamp -seal. Architectural design sheets and documents by a registered architect shall also have a current signed stamp -seal. 1. Previous memo requested the code information to be updated. The response indicated new sheet was provided with the updated codes. However the sheet provided had the same outdated code information. Also the Engineers sheet (S-1) refers to governing codes as 2009. Please provide all sheets with code references, previously requested, referencing current 2012 codes. 2. The revised sheet A-1.2 shows a portion of the egress path removed from the plan sheet. The egress paths shall be required to be marked on the plan leading to the emergency exits. It is those paths that shall be measured during inspection for the required 1 foot candle emergency illumination as specified in section 1006 of the IBC. Specify if the previous plan is to be used or provide a plan showing the emergency paths leading to the exits. Emergency illumination shall be shown on the electrical plan consistent with the reflective ceiling plan lighting. Cloud all changes to revised plans. 3. On sheet A-7.0, wall details (wall 4 and 4a detail) provide a deflective track detail where the wall attaches to the roof deck in lieu of the one shown. Should there be questions concerning the above requirements, contact the Building Division at 206-431-3670. No further comments at this time. 11 Dennis T. Mitchell NCA/fB, AL•t 1 August, 2013 Permit Application Number: D13-246 Allen Johannessen Re: J. Crew — Southcenter Mall 535 Southcenter, Space No. 676 Tukwila, WA 98188 Mr. Johannessen: In response to your plan check corrections list pertaining to the application for permit for the project listed above, we respectfully submit the following responses. 1. Energy code compliance form submitted are now outdated. Please provide current 2012 Washington State energy code compliance forms. Response: Please see enclosed updated code compliance forms 2. As of July 1 2013 City of Tukwila adopted the 2012 International Building codes. Provide revised plan sheet documents showing compliance with the current 2012 International Building codes with Washington State Amendments to include 2012 UPC, IMC, 2008 IEC, 2012 WSEC, 2009 ANSI and current local City of Tukwila codes. Code references shall be shown on the cover sheet. All other plan set code references and details shall also reference current codes. esponse: Please see updated building code analysis on drawing A-0.0 Shoul you require any additional information please contact the writer. Dennis T. Mitchell NCARB, AIA DTMArchitect 6031 West 1-20 Ste. 260 Arlington, Texas 76017 P - 817.265.2415 F - 817.483.7377 ofcereply@dtmarchitect.com ±NCOMPLETE TR#� REGISTERS) ARCHITECT OWNS T. WITCI ELL STATE OF WASHNGTON RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA AUG 062013 PERMIT CENTER July 25, 2013 Gary Palmer PO Box 23534 Eugene OR 97492 City of Tukwila Jim Haggerton, Mayor Department of Community Development Jack Pace, Director RE: Incomplete Letter #1 Development Permit Application Number D13-246 J Crew — 535 Southcenter Mall Dear Mr. Palmer, This letter is to inform you that your permit application received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center on July 22, 2013 is determined to be incomplete. Before your application can continue the plan review process the attached/following items from the following department(s) need(s) to be addressed: Building Department: Allen Johannessen at 206 433-7163 if you have any questions regarding the attached comments. Please address the comments above in an itemized format with applicable revised plans, specifications, and/or other documentation. The City requires that four (4) sets of revised plans, specifications and/or other documentation be resubmitted with the appropriate revision block. In order to better expedite your resubmittal a `Revision Submittal Sheet' must accompany every resubmittal. I have enclosed one for your convenience. Revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or by a messenger service. If you have any questions, please contact me at the Permit Center at (206) 431-3670. Sincerely, `-tr-0 Bill Rambo Permit Technician File No. D13-246 W: (Permit Centerllncomplete tters120131D13-246Incomplete Letter #I.docx 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone 206-431-3670 • Fax 206-431-3665 Tukwila Building Division Allen Johannessen, Plan Examiner Determination of Completeness Memo Date: July 25, 2013 Project Name: J Crew Permit #: D13-246 Plan Review: Allen Johannessen, Plans Examiner The Building Division has deemed the subject permit application incomplete. To assist the applicant in expediting the Department plan review process, please forward the following comments. (GENERAL NOTE) PLAN SUBMITTALS: (Min. size 11x17 to maximum size of 24x36; all sheets shall be the same size). (If applicable) Structural Drawings and structural calculations sheets shall be original signed wet stamped, not copied.) 1. Energy code compliance form submitted are now outdated. Please provide current 2012 Washington State energy code compliance forms. 2. As of July 1 2013 City of Tukwila adopted the 2012 International Building codes. Provide revised plan sheet documents showing compliance with the current 2012 International Building codes with Washington State Amendments to include 2012 UPC, IMC, 2008 IEC, 2012 WSEC, 2009 ANSI and current local City of Tukwila codes. Code references shall be shown on the cover sheet. All other plan set code references and details shall also reference current codes. Should there be questions concerning the above requirements, contact the Building Division at 206-431-3670. No further comments at this time. PLAN REVIT EW/D�P RUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D13-246 DATE: 08-21-13 PROJECT NAME: J CREW SITE ADDRESS: 535 SOUTHCENTER MALL Original Plan Submittal X Response to Correction Letter! 1 Response to Incomplete Letter # Revision # After Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS:14r_ iFding ivision Public Works Fire Prevention Structural n Planning Division n Permit Coordinator I DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete Incomplete n DUE DATE: 08-22-13 Not Applicable Comments: Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg 0 Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW 0 Staff Initials: TUES/THURS ROUTING: Please Route Structural Review Required No further Review Required n REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: DUE DATE: 09-19-13 Approved n Approved with Conditions Not Approved (attach comments) ri Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg 0 Fire 0 Ping 0 PW ❑ Staff Initials: Documents/routing slip.doc 2-28-02 • PERMIT COORD COPY PLAN REVIEW/ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D13-246 DATE: 08-06-13 PROJECT NAME: J CREW SITE ADDRESS: 535 SOUTHCENTER MALL Original Plan Submittal X Response to Incomplete Letter # 1 Response to Correction Letter # Revision # After Permit Issued EPAENT ee/dinho4iFire Prevention Public Works n Structural Planning Division Permit Coordinator I DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete Incomplete n DUE DATE: 08-08-13 Not Applicable n Comments: Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg 0 Fire 0 Ping 0 PW 0 Staff Initials: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: TUES/THURS ROUTING: Please Route Structural Review Required No further Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved ❑ Approved with Conditions ❑ Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DUE DATE: 09-05-13 Not Approved (attach comments) ;Kj. DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: 9-\-.5-.! Departments issued corrections: Bldg Fire 0 Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: Documents/routing slip.doc 2-28-02 CitylOf Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard. Suite =100 Tukwila. Washington 93188 Phone: 206-431-3670 Fax: 206-431-3665 Web site: lureu•u•. i tukwila.zrit.us REVISION SUBMITTAL Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the nail, fax. etc. Date: Vaq / 9-01'1 Plan Check/Permit Number: D13-246 rji Response to Incomplete Letter E Response to Correction Letter = 1 El Revision = after Permit is Issued ri Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner Project Name: J Crew Project Address: 535 Southcenter Mall Contact Person: v`kil''f ?t\ -t -1^"t`2 Phone Number: l' CSI ' 60-3 _ 4 ( L4/ o Summary of Revision: l-(� -CI lam► -s -s r 1-a �'� Tcvz —rC z�t%/l'1 /L' a t211-Ct 7t s S (r intC� 1. Per City's comment, all building codes are updated based on current codes for City of Tukwila. (Please see revised sheet A-0.0, building code analysis and S-1) 2. Per City's comment, additional drawing LS -1.0 is added for life safety egress path, also showing exit signs and emergency light fixtures. All exit signs and emergency lights are coordinated with electrical plans. A-2.0 and E-200 are updated showing additional emergency light fixtures and exit sign. 3. Per City's comment, drawing detail 4/A-7.0 is revised to show deflective track for partition type 4 and 4 A. Sheet Number(s): Sheet A-0.0, LS -1.0, A-2-0, A-7.0, S-1, E-200 and E-300 "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of revision Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: CITY d E-4 - Entered in Permits Plus on g -6)-k -5 An 2120131 0ERMIT CENTER applicators {.*rs-appii.aucrs on. `.a: Cr:ai:d: S -!:-2C04 Rct :, rd • City of Tukwila • Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard. Suite =100 Tukwila. Washington 98188 Phone: 206-431-3670 Fax: 206-431-3665 Web site: inty:,-/www.ci.tuktri/a.wa.ris REVISION SUBMITTAL Revision submittals must he submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. Date: Plan Check/Permit Number: D 13-246 lel Response to Incomplete Letter # _ Response to Correction Letter f l Revision = after Permit is Issued LI Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner RECEIVED Project Name: J Crew wOPTUXWPLA Project Address: 535 S outhcenter Mall AUG 06 2013; Contact Person: akcoe Phone Number: (cq f)O 5 40ARq 119' CENTER Summary of Revision: 1. Per City's comment, energy code compliance is updated based on 2012 Washington State energy code. energy code compliance forms are updated. 2. Per City's comment, all building codes are updated based on current codes for City of Tukwila. (see revised sheet, A-0.0, Building Code Analysis) Sheet Number(s): Sheet A-0.0 and revised energy code compliance forms. "Corn/" or highlight all areas of revision including date of re vis'on Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: Yr— Entered in Permits Plus on applications torn:s-applications on line revision submittal Created: 5-13-2004 Revised: ?ERMIT COORD COPY • PLAN REVIEW/ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D13-246 DATE: 07-22-13 PROJECT NAME: J CREW SITE ADDRESS: 535 SOUTHCENTER MALL X Original Plan Submittal Response to Incomplete Letter # Response to Correction Letter # Revision # After Permit Issued DEPAR MENT : rn\`'-‘3 Building ivision ublic Wor s Structural Fire Prevention S n r'•ng Division �3 Permit Coordinator DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete Incomplete DUE DATE: 07-25-13 Not Applicable Comments: Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: -)-3'13 LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAIL D: _ Departments determined incomplete: Bldg Fire 0 Ping 0 PW ❑ Staff Initials: TUES/THURS ROUTING: Please Route ❑ Structural Review Required No further Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: DUE DATE: 08-22-13 Approved n Approved with Conditions ❑ Not Approved (attach comments) n Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg 0 Fire 0 Ping 0 PW 0 Staff Initials: Documents/routing slip.doc 2-28-02 • • PLAN REVIEW CHECKLIST - (Nonstructural) Permit App. / l? By: IBC Edition/2_ & State Amend. Date: r-27-/3 Project title: �J Cres✓ +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ Classify the building or portion thereof in accordance with Chapter 3 ©—Determine the type of construction of the building in accordance with Chapter 6. Determine if the location of building on the site and clearances to property lines and other buildings on the site plan are in accordance with code provisions. Review for conformity with" General building height and area limitations in accordance with Chapter 5. iew for conformity with special detailed requirements based on use and Occupancy. eview for conformity with Type of Construction requirements of Chapter 6. Review for conformity with Fire and Smoke protection features of Chapter 7. Review for conformity with requirements of interior finishes of Chapter 8. Review for conformity with requirements for fire protection systems of Chapter 9. Review for conformity with requirements for means of egress requirements of Chapter 10 Review for conformity with requirements of accessibility in accordance with Chapter 11, and ICC A117.1 (� Review for conformity with Washington State Energy Code. ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ ✓ In circle = topic has been reviewed for the application. X In circle = topic is not relevant to proposed scope of work. Contractors or Tradespeople PrinnFriendly Page • • General/Specialty Contractor A business registered as a construction contractor with L&I to perform construction work within the scope of its specialty. A General or Specialty construction Contractor must maintain a surety bond or assignment of account and carry general liability insurance. Business and Licensing Information Name J D BUILDERS UBI No. 601801265 Phone 7142401340 Status Active Address Po Box 2458 License No. JDBUI"037LT Suite/Apt. License Type Construction Contractor City Capistrano Beach Effective Date 6/30/1997 State CA Expiration Date 3/1/2015 Zip 926242458 Suspend Date County Out Of State Specialty 1 General Business Type Individual Specialty 2 Unused Parent Company Business Owner Information Name Role Effective Date Expiration Date URICH-SCOLMAN, DENISE MARIE Owner 01/01/1980 Bond Information Page 1 of 1 Bond Bond Company Name Bond Account Number Effective Date Expiration Date Cancel Date Impaired Date Bond Amount Received Date 7 Platte River Ins Co 41258611 06/30/2012 Until Cancelled $12,000.00 08/16/2012 6 AEGIS SECURITY INSURANCE COMPANY 521001 06/30/2011 Until Cancelled 07/02/2012 $12,000.00 07/18/2011 5 GREAT AMER INS CO OF NY 790286532715 06/17/2010 Until Cancelled 06/19/2011 $12,000.0006/21/2010 4 AMERICAN NATIONAL FIRE INS CO 790286532715 06/05/2002 Until Cancelled 06/19/2010 $12,000.0003/01/2006 Assignment of Savings Information No records found for the previous 6 year period Insurance Information Insurance Company Name Policy Number Effective Date Expiration Date Cancel Date Impaired Date Amount Received Date 8 ASSOCIATED INDUSTRIES INS CO I AES1024534 10/02/2012 10/02/2013 $1,000,000.0003/01/2013 7 Essex Ins Co CLS013398 09/21/2009 09/21/2011 $3,000,000.0005/17/2011 6 ESSEX INS CO CLS013398 09/21/2005 09/21/2007 $3,000,000.0009/25/2006 Summons/Complaint Information No unsatisfied complaints on file within prior 6 year period Warrant Information No unsatisfied warrants on file within prior 6 year period Infractions/Citations Information No records found for the previous 6 year period https://fortress.wa.gov/lni/bbip/Print.aspx 09/03/2013 SOUTHCENTER PROJECT DIRECTORY OWNER: ER: J.Ciew 770 Broadway, 14th Floor New York, NY 10003 P.I.: David Billings Tei 212 209 5650 Ertel: David.Billings@JCrew.com MEP ENGINEER: M Engineering 750 Brooksedge Blvd. Westerville, OH 43081 Jaqueline Papa Dust Tet 614 839 4639 Fac 614 839 2222 Eft Ill: jdurst@mengineering.us.com AIHITECT DTM Architect 6031 West 1-20, Suite 260 Ar on, TX 76017 Demds Mitchell Tet 817 265 2415 Fat 817 483 7377 Ernail:OfficeReply@dtmarchitect.com TENANT COORDINATOR: 2803 Southcenter See, WA 98188 Wayne E. Johnson Cet 206 714 3485 Enl: wjohnson@us.westfield.com LA LORD'S CONTRACTORS: Mai Requird Roofing Contractor Mai Required Sprinkler Contractor Mai Required Fire Alarm Contractor As Specified by Landlord GENERAL CONTRACTOR TBI OWNER'S VENDORS: BOH SHELVING VENDOR Pipp Mobile Shelving Storage Systems 2966 Wilson Drive NW Walker, MI 49534 Jeni Lindhout Tel: 616 988 4082 Email: jlindhout@pippmobile.com MILLWORKER Alliance Store Fixtures, Inc. 1500 Creditstone Road Concord, Ontario, Canada L4K5W2 Don Sanderson Tel: 905 660 5944 Email: dons@ alliancestorefixtures.com MUSIC SYSTEM DMX 300 W. Main Street Northborough, MA 01532 Andrew Koehler Tel: 512 583 8685 Email:Andrew. Koehler@ dmx.cam SIGN Ruggles Sign Company 308 Crossfield Dr. Versailles, KY 40383 Scott Cambron Tel: 859 879 1199 Email: scott@rugglessign.com SENSORMATIC SECURITY SYSTEM Sensormatic /ADT 12 Susan Lane Terryville, CT 06786 Mark Wakeman Tel: 860 583 0462 Email: mwakeman@tycoint.com CARPET Entourage Flooring Inc. 303 Fifth Ave, Suite 1908 New York, NY 10016 Cindy Eisenlohr Tel: 212 685 8800 Fax 212 685 4872 Email: cindy@entouragefiooring.com OWNER'S VENDORS: LIGHTING DISTRIBUTOR Specialty Store Lighting 35 Industrial Park Road #10 Centerbrook, CT 06409 Jody Steuerwald Tel: 800 767 0110 x213 Email: js@sslighting.com SECURITY SYSTEM HSM Electronic Protection Services, Inc. 6000 Nathan Lane North Suite 300 Plymouth; MN. 55442 L.David Farley Tel: 612 872 3592 Fax: 612 872 3574 Email: david.farley@ hsmsecurityr com CCTV SYSTEM Atlanticom System 2140 Highway 88 Brick, NJ 08724 Michael Barlow Tel: 732 701 1800 Email: mbarlow@atlanticom.com INDEX TO DRAWINGS SHT.# A-0.0 SHT. DESCRIPTION ISSUE FOR FINAL LL & CLIENT REVIEW ISSUE FOR PERMIT ISSUE FOR BID ADDENDUM # 1 Cover Sheet 07-17-13 07-17-13 07-17-13 07-29-13 ISSUE PER D.O.B. COMMENTS 08-01-13 ISSUE PER ISSUE FOR Q.O.B. CONSTRUCTION COMMENTS E32 08-16-13 FSK #1 A-0.1 A-0.2 Accessibility Notes Specifications 07-17-13 07-17-13 A-0.3 A-0.4 LS -1.0 A-1.0 Specifications A-1.1 Specifications 07-17-13 07-17-13 07-17-13 07-17-13 07-17-13 08-01-13 08-01-13 07-17-13 07-17-13 07-17-13 07-17-13 07-17-13 08-01-13 Life Safety Plan Construction Plan Floor Finish & Power Plan 07-17-13 07-17-13 07-17-13 07-17-13 07-29-13 07-17-13 07-17-13 07-29-13 08-01-13 08-01-13 08-01-13 08-16-13 A-1.2 A-2.0 Fixture / Egress Plan Reflected Ceiling Plan 07-17-13 07-17-13 A-3.0 A-3.1 Storefront Plans & Elevations Storefront Sections & Details 07-17-13 07-17-13 07-17-13 07-17-13 07-29-13 07-17-13 07-17-13 08-01-13 08-01-13 08-16-13 07-17-13 07-17-13 07-17-13 07-17-13 07-29-13 07-29-13 08-01-13 08-01-13 A-4.0 A-4.1 Interior Elevations Office & Restroom 07-17-13 07-17-13 07-17-13 07-17-13 07-17-13 07-17-13 08-01-13 08-01-13 A-4.2 A-5.0 IA -6.0 A-6.1 A-7.0 Back of House Fitting Area Elevations iliwork Details Millwork & Mirror Details 07-17-13 07-17-13 07-17-13 07-17-13 07-17-13 07-17-13 07-17-13 07-17-13 Interior Architectural Details 07-17-13 07-17-13 07-17-13 08-01-13 08-01-13 07-17-13 07-17-13 0801-13 08-01-13 07-17-13 07-17-13 08-01-13 08-16-13 A-7.1 A-8.0 Ceiling Details Schedules 07-17-13 07-17-13 S-1 07-17-13 07-17-13 07-17-13 ................... 07-17-13 08-01-13 08-01-13 STOREFRONT FRAMING PLAN & DETAILS 07-17-13 07-17-13 07-17-13 08-16-13 M-100 MECHANICAL PLAN 07-17-13 07-17-13 07-17-13 M-200 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES 07-17-13 07-17-13 M-300 MECHANICAL DETAILS 07-17-13 07-17-13 07-17-13 07-17-13 E-100 E-200 E-300 ELECTRICAL POWER & SYSTEMS PLAN 07-17-13 07-17-13 07-17-13 ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN ELECTRICAL DETAILS & SCHEDULES 07-17-13 07-17-13 07-17-13 07-17-13 07-17-13 07-17-13 08-16-13 08-16-13 E-301 E-400 ELECTRICAL DETAILS ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS 07-17-13 07-17-13 P-100 FP -100 PLUMBING PLAI'iS AND ISOMETRICS FIRE PROTECTION PLAN 07-17-13 07-17-13 07-17-13 07-17-13 07-17-13 07-17-13 07-17-13 07-17-13 07-17-13 07-17-13 NOTE: SPRINKLER SYSTEMS SHALL BE FILED UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT. REVISION DESCRIPTION : ar BU.DING CODE ANALYSIS Buikkg Code: 2012 International Building Code with Washington State Amendments Accessibility Code: ICC/ANSI A117.1-2009, Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities with Statewide Amendents Me nical Code: 2012 International Mechanical Code with Washington State Amendments Elernic Code: 2012 Washington State Electrical Code Plud3ing Code: LifeSafety Code: Code: 2012 Uniform Plumbing Code with Washington State Amendments 2012 International Fire Code with Washington State Amendments 2012 Washington State Energy Code BuiWig Department: City of Tukwila Su ary: No change in "Use" or "Egress". Coralruction Type: IIB Occupancy Type: M, Mercantile Saks/Stock Separation: None Required S `ler System: Fully Sprinklered MARE FOOTAGE TAKE -OFF & OCCUPANCY CALCS NetSales area: (excludes perimeter res, walls, columns &cashwrap) Fitaxj rooms: Sto1' t: Office: 2538 SQ. FT. 426 SQ. FT. 847 SQ. FT 50 SQ. FT. Occupant Load Factor: -NSF net sales: -3iNF fitting rooms: -3MF stockroom: -1MSF office: TotOccupants: Tread Distance: ExitCorridor Widths: 2538/30 = 85 426/30 =1 4 847/300 = 3 50/100 = 1 103 250'-00" (Max.) 44" VICINITY PLAN NOT TO SCALE SOUTHCENTER MALL N Sri ARA I_. PERMIT REQUIRED FOR: Mechanical Igliectrical fliPlumbing s Piping My of Tukwila F'( i i !NG DIVISION REVISIONS No changes shall be made to the scope of work without prior approval of Tuk.^wi!a Building Division. NOTE: E: Revisions will require a new plan submittal and may ine:ude add tional plan r e`: ieW fees. I SITE PLAN NOT TO SCALE JCREW SPACE NO. 676 (LEVEL: GROUND LEVEL) LEASE AREA: 5,073 SQ.FT. trmx 4:Y=i fix. -+.c NORDSTROM a�.iyr�x leeKOtia -- Permit No. tVr PI? r 'v w approval is subject to errors and omissions. &2; LT,! t of construction documents does not authorize , :3 tion of any adopted code or ortlirlanc e. Receipt fli Lpproved Field Copy and 1 t, i (•,1, ed By Dom: City Of Tukwila BUILDINGpIVISION asiissaamoox u wi 7r CAWS ri ocyS JCPenney 1,406.1.1.114 9,06 ORM 505.1, MOM YORIATITAWS ssa�:avmc n"`.J� CORRETION LTR# • ......-,:j.t, r;.,.,SF . •." a i Westfield, tie ...Mt PrKey.exo LEASE PLAN - - estflek SouthcentRECEIVED AUG 21 2013 PERMIT CENTER C:Tr+RRCHiTECT er.«ts`•'.L4iizbeit F;C.kRP.::A:.! ECS3S 1-20.T.5t. k:;sr i At6-75r0,-q. TX re,. rr Ail rights reserved. No part of these- drawings or specifications may be copied, reproduced or used in connection with any work, other than the specific project for which they have been prepared, without prior written authorization from the Architect. J.CREW Southcenter Mall 535 Southcenter Space No. 676 Tukwila, WA 98138 Level: Ground Fioor J.Crew No 807 Project No. 1339 is �„� , A 11 DENNIST. WWII STATE OF V kStiiiGTOR AUG 202013 NO. € DATE ISSUE /102\.: 08-16-13 A08-01-13 Issue for DoB's Comments Issue for DaB's Comments 07-29-13 07-17-13 107-17-13 Addendum #1 Issue for Permit Issue for Bid 07-17-13 Issue 'for LL & Client Review REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED AUG 2 9 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION Cover Sheet A-0.0 ACTIVE/J.Crew/J.Crew Projects/1339 Southcenter Mall/Project-WorkingFiles/±1339-Southcenter Mall.pin 7/17/13 6:39 PM Nolumes/projects; ABBREVIATIONS Certain abbreviations used on the Drawings may not be listed below. Contractor shall request clarification from the Architect if in doubt to the meaning of any abbreviations. Q At # Number; Pound O Diameter; Round ABV Above AC Air Conditioning ACC Access ACOUSTAcoustical ACR Acrylic ACT Acoustic Ceiling Tile AD Access Door; Area Drain ADD Addendum; Addition ADD'L Additional ADH Adhesive ADJ Adjust; Adjustable; Adjacent AFF Above Finished Floor ALT Alternate ALUM Aluminum ANCH Anchor; Anchorage 9 ANN Annunciator ANOD Anodized AP Access Panel APPROXApproximate APRVD Approved ARCH Architect; Architectural ASC Above Suspended Ceiling ATTEN Attenuation B/ Bottom (of) BAF Baffle BAL Balance; Ballast BD Board BETW Between BEV Bevel BHD Bulkhead BKR BL BLDG BLK BLKG BO BOH Breaker Base Line; Building Line; Block Building Block Blocking By Others Back of House BOT Bottom BRKT Bracket BRZ Bronze BSMT Basement BT Bolt BTW Between BW Back Wrap C Channel; Degrees Celsius C/C Center to Center CAB Cabinet CAP Capacity CAT Catalog CCTV Closed Circuit Television CEL Cellar CEM Cement CER Ceramic CFL Counterflashing CG Corner Guard CH Coat Hook CHAN Channel CHR Chilled Water Return CHS Chilled Water Supply GIP Cast -in -Place CIR Circle; Circular; Circuit CIRC Circumference CITG Clear Insulating Tempered Glass CJ Control Joint CL Centerline; Closing; Class; Closet CLG Ceiling CLKG Caulking CLO Closet CLR Clear CLR OPG Clear Opening CMU Concrete Masonry Unit CO Company; Clean-out COL Column CON. Construction CONC Concrete COND Condenser; Conduit CONN Connection CONST Construction CONSTRConstruction CONT Continuous; Continue; Control CONTR Contractor CONV Convector; Convenience CORR Corridor; Corrugate CPT Carpet CRS Cold Rolled Steel CS Countersink CSS Countersunk Screw CT Ceramic Tile CTR Center; Counter CW Cash Wrap; Cold Water CWR Condensate Waste Return CWS Condensate Waste Supply D Deep; Depth; Drop; Drain DB Door Bell; Decibel DBL Double DEG Degree DEMO Demolish; Demolition DET Detail DF Drinking Fountain DIA Diameter DIAG Diagonal DIAM Diameter DIFF Diffuser DIM Dimension DISP Dispenser; Display DIV Division DN Down DP Dampproofing; Distribution Panel DPR Damper .. DR Door; Drain DS Disconnect Switch; Door Switch DTL Detail DWG(S) Drawing(s) DWR Drawer E East; Exhaust EA Each EB Expansion Bolt EIFS Exterior Insulation and Finish System EJ Expansion Joint EL Elevation; Elevator ELEC Electrical ELEV Elevator; Elevation EM Emergency EMER Emergency ENCL Enclosure ENG Engineer ENGR Engineer ENT Entry ENTR Entrance EQ Equal EQUIP Equipment EWC Electric Water Cooler EWH Electric Water Heater EXG Existing EXH Exhaust EXIST Existing EXP Expansion; Exposed EXPN Expansion EXT Exterior EXTR Extrude F/F Face to Face FA Fire Alarm; Fresh Air FABR Fabricate FACP Fire Alarm Control Panel FAST Fastener; Fasten FD Floor Drain FDN Foundation FE Fire Extinguisher FEC Fire Extinguisher Cabinet FF Finished Floor FFE Finished Floor Elevation FF&E Fixtures, Furnishings & Equipment FFL Finished Floor Line FGL Fiberglass FGR Fiberglass Reinforced FH Flat Head; Fire Hose FHC Fire Hose Cabinet FIN Finish; Finished FIXT Fixture FL Floor FLASH Flashing FLEX Flexible FLR Floor FLUOR Fluorescent FM Fixture Manufacturer FO Finished Opening; Face Of FOC Face Of Concrete FOF Face Of Finish FOS Face Of Studs FP Fireproof FR Frame; Front; Fitting Room FRT Are Retardant Treated FSCW Flush Solid Core Wood FSK Field Sketch FT Foot; Feet; Fully Tempered FTG Footing; Fitting FUR Furred FURN Furnish; Furniture FURR Furring GA Gauge; Gage GALV Galvanized GB Grab Bar; Glass Block; Gypsum Board GC General Contractor GFCI Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter GFRC Glass Fiber Reinforced Concrete GL Glass GND Ground GR Grade; Grille; Granite GRND Ground GT Grout GWB Gypsum Wall Board GYP Gypsum GYP BD Gypsum Board H High HC Hollow Core; Handicapped Accessible HD Head; Heavy Duty HDR Header HDW Hardware HDWD Hardwood HEX Hexagonal HGR Hanger HGT Height HID High Intensity Discharge HM Hollow Metal HORIZ Horizontal HR Hour HRS Hot Rolled Steel; Hours HT Height; Heat; High Tension Duct HTG Heating HTR Heater HV High Voltage HVAC Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning HVY Heavy HWH Hot Water Heater HWS ----Hot Water Supply ID Inside Diameter IN Inch INCAND Incandescent INCL Incline; Include INSUL Insulate; Insulation INT Interior; Internal J -BOX Junction Box JAN Janitor JCT Junction JST Joist JT Joint KIT Kitchen KO Knockout KP Kickplate L Angle; Length; Lighting Panel; Long LAM Laminate; Laminated LAT Lateral LAV Lavatory LB Pound (weight); Lag Bolt LBR Lumber LD Linear Diffuser LEV Level LH Left Hand LINO Linoleum LL Landlord LMS Limestone LN Length LNDG Landing LOC(S) Locate; Location(s) LP Lighting Panel; Light Proof LS Limestone, _LoudSpeaker Light Low Tension uct Lighting Louver Light Weight LWC Light Weight Concrete MACH Machine MAINT Maintenance MARB Marble MAS Masonry MAT Material MAT'L Material MAX MAX. MDF . Medium Density Fiberboard ME Mechanical Engineer MECH Mechanical MED Medium MEMB Membrane MEZZ Mezzanine MFG Manufacturer; Manufacturing MFR Manufacture; Manufacturer MIN MIN. MIR Mirror MISC Miscellaneous MM Millimeter MONO Monolithic MOV Movable MT Mount MTD Mounted MTL Metal MULL Mullion M WC Millwork Contractor MWK Millwork N North; Nitrogen NAT'L Natural NB "Nota Bene" (Latin) Take Special Note NEUT Neutral NIC Not In Contract NOM Nominal NRC Noise Reduction Coefficient NTS Not To Scale OA Outside Air; Overall OC On Center OD Outside Diameter OFF Office OH Overhead OPNG Opening OPP Opposite OPP HND Opposite Hand OR Outside Radius OUT Outlet P.LAM Plastic Laminate PAR Parallel PART Partition PARTN Partition PASS Passage; Passenger PB Pull Box; Push Button; Panic Bar PBD Particle Board PDF Powder Driven Fastener PE Professional Engineer PERF Perforated PERIM Perimeter PERP Perpendicular PFN Prefinished PH Phase; Phone PL Plate; Plan; Property Line; Plastic Laminate PLBG Plumbing PLYWD Plywood PLUMB Plumbing PNL Panel POL Polish; Polished PORC Porcelain POS Point Of Sale PR Pair PRCST Precast PREFAB Prefabricated PRFMD Preformed PRI Primary PRMLD Premolded PROT Protection; Protective PRSTR Prestressed PT Paint; Point; Part PTD Painted; Paper Towel Dispenser PVG Paving PVMT Pavement PVT Private PWR Power QUAL Quality QUANT Quantity QTR Quarter QTY Quantity R Riser; Radius; Relay Panel RA Return Air; Registered Architect RAD Radius; Radiator RB Rubber; Rubber Base; Resilient Base RCP Reflected Ceiling Plan RD Roof Drain; Round REBAR Reinforcing Bar REG Receiver RECEPT Receptacle REF Refer; Reference; Refrigerator REFL Reflected; Reflector REFR Refrigerate; Refrigerator REG Register; Regular REINF Reinforce; Reinforcement RELOC Relocate; Relocated REQ'D Required RES Resilient RET Return; Retaining REV Reverse; Revise; Revision RF Roof RGH Rough RH Right Hand RM Room RO Rough Opening S South; Sealant; Supply; Sink SAFB Sound Attenuation Fire Blankets SALV Salvage SAN Sanitary SBO Supplied By Owner SC Solid Core; Self Closing SCH Schedule SCHED Schedule SE Structural Engineer SEAL Sealant SEC Second; Secondary; Security System SECT Section SEL Select SF Square Foot SHT Sheet SIG Signal SIM Similar SK Sketch; Sink SMS Sheet Metal Screws SOH Same Opposite Hand SPEC(S) Specification(s) SPK Speaker SPKLR Sprinkler SQ Square SS Stainless Steel; Set Screw; Service Sink STC Sound Transmission Class STD Standard STL Steel STO Storage STRUC Structural STRUCT Structural SUSP Suspended; Suspension SV Sheet Vinyl SW Switch; Show Window SYM Symmetrical T Tread; Thermostat; Tee T/ Top (of) T&G Tongue & Groove TBD To Be Determined TEL Telephone TEMP Temporary; Tempered (glass) TERM Terminal; Terminate THK Thick; Thickness THRESH Threshold THRU Through TOG Top of Grade TOS Top of Slab TR Tread; Transom TRANS Transformer; Translucent. TRAV Travertine TRD Tread TS Time Switch TSL Top of Slab TST Top of Steel TSTAT Thermostat TYP Typical 12 Terrazzo UC Undercut UH Unit Heater UL Underwriters' Laboratories UNEXC Unexcavated UNFIN Unfinished UNO Unless Noted Otherwise UON Unless Otherwise Noted US Underside UT Utility VAR Varies; Varnish VB Vapor Barrier; Vinyl Base VCT Vinyl Composition Tile VENT Ventilate; Ventilator VERT Vertical VEST Vestibule VFY Verify VIF Verify In Field VIN Vinyf VNR Veneer VOL Volume VR Vapor Retarder VT Vinyl Tile VWC Vinyl Wall Covering W West; Width; Wide; Waste; Water; Watt W/ With W/O Without WAINS Wainscot WB Wood Base WC Water Closet WD Wood WF Wide Flange (structural steel) WH Water Heater; Wall Hung WIN Window WP Waterproof; Weatherproof WR Water Resistant; Waste Receptacle WRSTP Weatherstripping; Water Stop WSCT Wainscot WT Weight; Watertight LT LTG LVR LW DISABILITY ACCESS. NOTES TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS A FLOOR OR GROUND SURFACES 1. FLOORS OF A GIVEN STORY SHALL BE A COMMON LEVELTHROUGHOUT OR SHALL BE CONNECTED BY PEDESTRIAN RAMPS, PASSENGER ELEVATORS, OR SPECIAL ACCESS LIFTS. 2. GROUND FLOOR AND FLOOR SURFACES ALONG ACCESSIBLE ROUTES AND IN ACCESSIBLE ROOMS AND SPACES, INCLUDING FLOORS, WALKS, RAMPS, STAIRS AND CURB RAMPS, SHALL BE STABLE, FIRM AND SLIP -RESISTANT. 3. CARPETED FLOORS MUST HAVE A FIRM PAD AND THE NAP MUST NOT EXCEED 1/2" IN HEIGHT. EXPOSED EDGES OF CARPET SHALL BE FASTENED TO FLOOR SURFACES AND SHALL HAVE TRIM ON THE ENTIRE LENGTH OF THE EXPOSED EDGE. 4. CHANGES IN LEVEL OF 1/4" HIGH MAX. SHALL BE PERMITTED TO BE VERTICAL 5. CHANGES IN LEVEL BETWEEN 1/4" HIGH MIN. AND 1/2' HIGH MAX. SHALL BE BEVELED WITH A SLOPE NOT STEEPER THAN 1:2. 6. CHANGES IN LEVEL GREATER THAN 1/2" SHALL BE RAMPED. TURNING AND CLEAR FLOOR SPACE FOR WHEELCHAIRS 1. CIRCULAR TURNING SPACE SHALL BE AT LEAST 60" IN DIAMETER. T SHAPED TURNING SPACE SHALL BE WITHIN A 60" MIN. SQUARE, WITH ARMS AND BASE 36" MIN. IN WIDTH. EACH ARM OF THE. T SHALL BE CLEAR OF OBSTRUCTIONS 12" MIN. IN EACH DIRECTION, AND THE BASE SHALL BE CLEAR OF OBSTRUCTIONS 24" MIN. 2 THE MINIMUM CLEAR FLOOR OR GROUND SPACE REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE A SINGLE, STATIONARY WHEELCHAIR AND OCCUPANT IS 30° X 48". THE MINIMUM SPACE MAY BE POSITIONED FOR FORWARD / FRONTAL OR SIDE / PARALLEL APPROACH TO AN OBJECT THE MINIMUM SPACE MAY BE PART OF THE KNEE/TOE SPACE REQUIRED UNDER SOME OBJECTS. 3. ONE FULL SIDE OF THE CLEAR FLOOR SPACE FORA WHEEL CHAIR MAY ADJOIN OR OVERLAP AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE OR ADJOIN ANOTHER WHEELCHAIR CLEAR FLOOR SPACE. IFA CLEAR FLOOR SPACE IS LOCATED IN AN ALCOVE OR CONFINED ON ALL OR PART OF THREE SIDES, ADDITIONAL MANEUVERING CLEARANCES SHALL BE PROVIDED. 4. PROVIDE A 30" X 60" CLEAR FLOOR SPACE FOR ALCOVES GREATER THAN 15" DEEP AND DESIGNED FOR PARALLEL APPROACH. 5 PROVIDER 36" X 48" CLEAR FLOOR SPACE FOR ALCOVES GREATER THAN 24" DEEP AND DESIGNED FOR FORWARD APPROACH. C HAZARDS AND PROTRUDING OBJECTS 1. OBJECTS PROTRUDING FROM WALLS WITH THEIR LEADING EDGES MORE THAN 27" AND LESS THAN 80" AFF SHALL PROTRUDE 4° MAX. INTO WALLS, CORRIDORS OR PASSAGEWAYS. 2. OBJECTS MOUNTED WITH THEIR LEADING EDGES, AT, OR BELOW 27" AFF MAY PROTRUDE ANY AMOUNTALLOWABLE BY OTHER REQUIREMENTS. 3. FREE STANDING OBJECTS MOUNTED ON POSTS OR PYLONS MAY OVERHANG CIRCULATION PATHS 4" MAX. WHEN LOCATED 27" AFF MIN. TO 80" AFF MAX. OBJECTS MOUNTED ON MULTIPLE POSTS OR PYLONS WHERE CLEAR DISTANCE BETWEEN POSTS OR PYLONS IS GREATER THAN 12" SHALL HAVE THE LOWEST EDGE OF SUCH OBJECT EITHER 27° AFF MAX. OR 80" AFF MIN. 4. PROTRUDING OBJECTS SHALL NOT REDUCE THE CLEAR WIDTH OF AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE OR MANEUVERING SPACE. 5. WALKS, HALLS, CORRIDORS, PASSAGEWAYS, AISLES, OR OTHER CIRCULATION SPACES SHALL HAVE 80" MIN. CLEAR HEADROOM. D. REACH RANGES 1. IF THE CLEAR FLOOR SPACE ALLOWS A FORWARD APPROACH BYA PERSON IN A WHEELCHAIR, THE MAX. HIGH FORWARD REACH ALLOWED IS 48" AND THE LOW REACH IS 15" AFF MIN.. IF THIS FORWARD REACH IS OVER AN OBSTRUCTION, THE HIGH FORWARD REACH IS 48" MAX. WHERE THE DEPTH OF THE OBSTRUCTION IS 20" MAX.. WHERE THE REACH DEPTH EXCEEDS 20", THE HIGH FORWARD REACH ALLOWED IS 44 MAX. AND THE REACH DEPTH SHALL BE 25" MAX. 2 IF THE CLEAR FLOOR SPACE ALLOWS A PARALLEL APPROACH BYA PERSON IN A WHEELCHAIR, THE MAX. HIGH SIDE REACH ALLOWED IS 48" AND THE LOW SIDE REACH IS 15" AFF MIN.. IF THIS SIDE REACH IS OVER AN OBSTRUCTION, THE HIGH SIDE REACH IS 48" MAX. WHERE THE DEPTH OF THE OBSTRUCTION IS 10" MAX. AND THE HEIGHT OF THE OBSTRUCTION IS 34" MAX.. WHERE THE REACH DEPTH EXCEEDS 10", THE HIGH SIDE REACH ALLOWED IS 46" MAX. AND THE REACH DEPTH SHALL BE 24" MAX. II. ACCESSIBLE ROUTES A. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1. AT LEAST ONE ACCESSIBLE ROUTE SHALL BE PROVIDED WITHIN THE SITE FROM ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACES AND ACCESSIBLE PASSENGER LOADING ZONES; PUBLIC STREETS AND SIDEWALKS; AND PUBLIC TRANSPORTATION STOPS TO THE ACCESSIBLE BUILDING OR FACILITY ENTRANCE THEY SERVE. 2. AT LEAST ONE ACCESSIBLE ROUTE SHALL CONNECT ACCESSIBLE BUILDINGS, ACCESSIBLE FACILITIES, ACCESSIBLE ELEMENTS AND ACCESSIBLE SPACES THAT ARE ON THE SAME SITE. 3. ALL BUILDING ENTRANCES THAT ARE ACCESSIBLE TO AND USABLE BY PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED / PHYSICALLY DISABLED PERSONS SHALL BE IDENTIFIED WITH AT LEAST ONE STANDARD SIGN DISPLAYING THE INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY AND WITH ADDITIONAL DIRECTIONAL SIGNS, AS REQUIRED, TO BE VISIBLE TO PERSONS ALONG APPROACHING PEDESTRIAN WAYS. Ill. A. RAMPS 1. RAMP RUNS SHALL HAVE A RUNNING SLOPE NOT STEEPER THAN 1:12. 2 CROSS SLOPE OF RAMP RUNS SHALL NOT BE STEEPER THAN 1:48. 3. THE CLEAR WIDTH OFA RAMP RUN SHALL BE 36" MIN. WHERE HANDRAILS ARE PROVIDED, THE CLEAR WIDTH SHALL BE MEASURED BETWEEN THE HANDRAILS. 4. THE RISE FOR ANY RAMP RUN SHALL BE 30" MAX. 5. LANDINGS ARE REQUIRED AT TOP AND BOTTOM OF EACH RAMP RUN. A. LANDINGS SHALL HAVE A SLOPE NOT STEEPER THAN 1:48. B. CLEAR WIDTH OF LANDINGS SHALL BE AT LEAST AS WIDE AS THE WIDEST RAMP RUN LEADING TO THE LANDING. C. LANDINGS SHALL HAVE A CLEAR LENGTH OF 60° MIN. D. WHERE DOORWAYS ARE ADJACENT TO A RAMP LANDING, MANEUVERING CLEARANCES SHALL BE PERMITTED TO OVERLAP THE LANDING AREA. 6 RAMP HANDRAILS ARE REQUIRED ON EACH SIDE OF RAMP, WHERE RAMP RUNS HAVE A RISE GREATER THAN 6". A. HANDRAILS SHALL BE CONTINUOUS, LOCATED BETWEEN 34" AFF AND 38" AFF, MEASURED FROM THE RAMP SURFACE TO THE TOP OF THE GRIPPING SURFACE. B. THE OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF A CIRCULAR HANDRAIL SHALL BE 1 1/4" MIN. TO 2" MAX. WITH A 1 1/2" CLEARANCE BETWEEN THE HANDRAIL AND ADJACENT SURFACE. NON -CIRCULAR CROSS SECTIONS SHALL HAVE A PERIMETER DIMENSION OF 4° MIN. AND 61 /4" MAX. AND A CROSS SECTION OF 21 /4" MAX. EDGES ON HANDRAILS SHALL HAVE A MIN. RADIUS OF 1/8". C. HANDRAILS SHALL EXTEND 12" MIN. HORIZONTALLY BEYOND THE TOP AND BOTTOM OF RAMP RUNS. EXTENSIONS SHALL RETURN TO A WALL, GUARD, OR THE LANDING SURFACE. D. HANDRAILS SHALL NOT ROTATE WITHIN THEIR FITTINGS. 7. EDGE PROTECTION SHALL BE PROVIDED WHERE HANDRAILS ARE REQUIRED ON EACH SIDE OF RAMP RUNS AND AT EACH SIDE OF RAMP LANDINGS. A. THE FLOOR OR GROUND SURFACE OF THE RAMP RUN OR LANDING SHALL EXTEND 12" MIN. BEYOND THE INSIDE FACE OF THE THE HANDRAIL OR B. A CURB OR BARRIER SHALL BE PROVIDED THAT PREVENTS THE PASSAGE OF A 4" DIAME I ER SPHERE, WHERE ANY PORTION OF THE SPHERE IS WITHIN 4" OF THE FINISHED FLOOR OR GROUND SURFACE. BUILDING ELEMENTS STAIRWAYS 1: ALL STEPS ON A FLIGHT OF STAIRS SHALL HAVE UNIFORM RISER HEIGHT AND TREAD DEPTH. RISERS SHALL BE 4" MIN. AND 7° MAX. IN HEIGHT. TREADS SHALL BE 11" MIN. IN DEPTH. 2. ALL RISERS SHALL BE CLOSED. 3. ALL TREAD SURFACES SHALL BE SLIP RESISTANT AND HAVE A SLOPE NOT STEEPER THAN 1:48. 4. THE RADIUS OF CURVATURE AT THE LEADING EDGE OF THE TREAD SHALL BE 1/2" MAX.. NOSINGS THAT PROJECT BEYOND RISERS SHALL HAVE THE UNDERSIDE OF THE LEADING EDGE CURVED OR BEVELED. RISERS SHALL BE PERMITTED TO SLOPE UNDER THE TREAD AT AN ANGLE OF 30° MAX. FROM THE VERTICAL. THE PERMITTED PROJECTION OF THE NOSING SHALL BE 1 1/2' MAX. OVER THE TREAD OR FLOOR BELOW. 5. OUTDOOR STAIRS AND THEIR APPROACHES SHALL BE DESIGNED TO PREVENT THE ACCUMULATION OF WATER ON SURFACES. 6. MINIMUM WIDTH OF STAIRWAY IS 36" IF THE OCCUPANT LOAD IS LESS THAN 49; MINIMUM WIDTH OF STAIRWAY IS 44" IF THE OCCUPANT LOAD IS 50 OR MORE. 7. HANDRAILS ARE REQUIRED ON BOTH SIDES OF STAIRWAY. A. HANDRAILS SHALL BE CONTINUOUS, LOCATED BETWEEN 34" AND 38", MEASURED FROM THE STAIR NOSING TO THE TOP OF THE GRIPPING SURFACE. B. THE OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF A CIRCULAR HANDRAIL SHALL BE 1 1/4" MIN. TO 2" MAX. WITH A 1 1/2" CLEARANCE BETWEEN THE HANDRAIL AND ADJACENT SURFACE. NON -CIRCULAR CROSS SECTIONS SHALL HAVE A PERIMETER DIMENSION OF 4° MIN. AND 61 /4° MAX. AND A CROSS SECTION OF 2 1/4" MAX. EDGES ON HANDRAILS SHALL HAVE A MIN. RADIUS OF 1/8'. C.ATTHE TOP OFA STAIR FLIGHT, HANDRAILS SHALL EXTEND 12" MIN. HORIZONTALLY BEYOND THE TOP NOSING. EXTENSIONS SHALL RETURN TO A WALL, GUARD, OR THE LANDING SURFACE. D.AT THE BOTTOM OFA STAIR FLIGHT, HANDRAILS SHALL EXTEND AT THE SLOPE OF THE STAIR FLIGHT FOR A HORIZONTAL DISTANCE EQUALTO ONE TREAD DEPTH BEYOND THE BOTTOM NOSING. EXTENSIONS SHALL RETURN TO A WALL, GUARD, OR THE LANDING SURFACE. E. IN ALTERATIONS, WHERE THE EXTENSION OF THE HANDRAIL IN THE DIRECTION OFTHE STAIR RUN WOULD CREATE A HAZARD, THE TERMINATION OF THE EXTENSION SHALL BE MADE EITHER ROUNDED OR RETURNED SMOOTHLY TO FLOOR, WALL OR POST. F. HANDRAILS SHALL NOT ROTATE WITHIN THEIR FITTINGS. G.HANDRAILS SHALL HAVE ENOUGH STRUCTURAL STRENGTH TO SUPPORTA 250 LB. POINT LOAD. 8. ANY PORTION OF STAIRWAYS THAT OPEN ON ONE OR BOTH SIDES THAT EXCEEDS 30" IN HEIGHT ABOVE GRADE OR FLOOR BELOW MUST BE PROTECTED BY A GUARDRAIL NOT LESS THAN 42" IN HEIGHT. OPEN GUARDRAILS SHALL HAVE INTERMEDIATE RAILS OR AN ORNAMENTAL PATTERN SUCH THAT A SPHERE 4" IN DIAMETER CANNOT PASS THROUGH. IV. PLUMBING ELEMENTS AND FACILITIES B. DOORS, VESTIBULES AND CORRIDORS A. 1. ALL REQUIRED EXIT DOORS SHALL HAVE 32° CLEAR OPENING WIDTH AT 90° (36" DOOR) AND MIN 6'-8" AFF HEIGHT. 2. AT LEAST ONE OF THE ACTIVE LEAVES OF A PAIR OF DOORS SHALL MEET THE MIN. 32" CLEAR ENTRANCE WIDTH REQUIREMENT. 3. THRESHOLD SHALL BE NO HIGHER THAN 1/2° ABOVE THE FLOOR. EDGE TO BE BEVELED WITH A B. SLOPE NO GREATER THAN 1 IN 2, IF MORE THAN 1/4°. 4. THE LOWER 10" OF THE DOOR SHALL BE OF SMOOTH, PLANE SURFACE (NO RECESS OR TRAP) EXCEPT AT AUTOMATIC AND SLIDING DOORS. 5. EXTERIOR LEVEL LANDING MAY SLOPE UP TO 2% (1:50) IN ANY DIRECTION FOR SURFACE DRAINAGE. 6. MINIMUM MANEUVERING CLEARANCES AT DOORS SHALL BE AS SHOWN. THE FLOOR SURFACE WITHIN THE REQUIRED CLEARANCES SHALL BE LEVEL (SLOPE NOT STEEPER THAN 1:48) AND CLEAR 7. THE SPACE BETWEEN TWO CONSECUTIVE DOOR OPENINGS IN A VESTIBULE SHALL PROVIDE 48" MIN'. OF. CLEAR SPACE FROM ANY DOOR OPENING INTO SUCH VESTIBULE WHEN THE DOOR IS POSITIONED AT 90 DEGREES FROM ITS CLOSED POSITION. DOORS IN A SERIES SHALL SWING EITHER IN THE SAME DIRECTION OR AWAY FROM THE VESTIBULE. 8. LATCHING AND LOCKING DOORS THAT ARE HAND ACTIVATED AND WHICH ARE IN A PATH OF TRAVEL SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND BY LEVER TYPE HARDWARE, PANIC BARS, PUSH-PULL ACTIVATING BARS, OR OTHER HARDWARE DESIGNED TO PROVIDE PASSAGE WITHOUT REQUIRING THE ABILITY TO GRASP THE OPENING HARDWARE. LOCKED EXIT DOORS SHALL OPERATE AS ABOVE IN THE EGRESS DIRECTION. OPERABLE PARTS OF SUCH HARDWARE SHALL BE 34" MIN. AND 48" MAX. ABOVE THE FLOOR. 9. MAXIMUM EFFORT TO OPERATE DOORS SHALL NOT EXCEED 81/2 LBS. FOR EXTERIOR DOORS AND 5 LBS. FOR INTERIOR DOORS, SUCH PUSH OR PULL EFFORT BEING APPLIED.AT RIGHT ANGLES TO HINGED DOORS AND AT THE CENTER PLANE OF SLIDING OR FOLDING DOORS. COMPENSATING DEVICES OR AUTOMATIC DOOR OPERATORS MAY BE UTILIZED TO MEET THE ABOVE STANDARDS. MAXIMUM EFFORT TO OPERATE FIRE DOORS SHALL NOT EXCEED 15 POUNDS. 10. HAND -ACTIVATED DOOR OPENING HARDWARE SHALL BE CENTERED BETWEEN 30" AFF AND 44" AFF. 11. CORRIDORS SHALL BE 44" MIN. IN WIDTH ORAS REQUIRED BY OCCUPANT LOAD. CORRIDORS SERVING LESS THAN 10 OCCUPANTS MAY BE 36° MIN. WIDE. 4, EQ. ,I, EQ. C 9 rn • TYPICAL DOOR MOUNTED SIGNAGE NOTE: PICTOGRAMS AND/OR LE I I ERING ARE NOT REQUIRED ON DOOR -MOUNTED SIGNAGE e♦• ♦♦♦♦♦ .2.3592•4 18" MIN. ►�2$•2e'•2�ALA, 2♦2.952Q� FRONT APPROACH PULL SIDE -74 N C. 60" MIN. r L_ / 1'-0" MIN. 36" MIN. MIN. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1. WHERE SANITARY FACILITIES ARE PROVIDED, THEY SHALL BE LOCATED ON ACCESSIBLE FLOORS OF A BUILDING AND MADE ACCESSIBLE TO THE PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED! PERSON WITH PHYSICAL DISABILITIES. SINGLE ACCOMMODATION TOILET FACILITIES 1. A CIRCULAR TURNING SPACE OR A T SHAPED TURNING SPACE SHALL BE PROVIDED WITHIN THE ROOM. 2. CLEAR FLOOR SPACES, CLEARANCES AT FIXTURES AND TURNING SPACES SHALL BE PERMITTED TO OVERLAP. 3. WHERE THE TOILET ROOM IS FOR INDIVIDUAL USE AND A CLEAR FLOOR SPACE OF 30" X 48" IS PROVIDED WITHIN THE ROOM BEYOND THE ARC OF THE DOOR SWING, DOORS SHALL BE PERMUTED TO SWING INTO THE CLEAR FLOOR SPACE OR CLEARANCE REQUIRED FOR ANY FIXTURE. 4. FLOOR DRAINS IN SANITARY FACILITIES SHALL BE PLACED IN AREAS THAT WILL NOT INTERFERE WITH THE PATH OF TRAVEL TO AND AROUND THE FIXTURES. PREFERRED PLACEMENT IS CLOSE TO A WALL. SLOPES TO THE FLOOR DRAIN SHALL NOT EXCEED 2%. WATER CLOSETS 1. THE CENTERLINE OF THE WATER CLOSET SHALL BE LOCATED 18" FROM THE SIDE WALL. 2 CLEARANCE AROUND A WATER CLOSET SHALL BE 60" MIN. MEASURED PERPENDICULAR FROM THE SIDE WALL AND 56" MIN. MEASURED PERPENDICULAR FROM THE REAR WALL NO OTHER FIXTURES OR OBSTRUCTIONS SHALL BE WITHIN THE REQUIRED WATER CLOSET CLEARANCE. a HEIGHT TO THE TOP OF THE WATER CLOSET SEAT SHALL BE 17" AFF MIN. AND 19° AFF MAX. 4. TOILET FLUSH CONTROLS SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND, AND SHALL NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST. FLUSH CONTROLS SHALL BE LOCATED ON THE OPEN SIDE OF THE WATER CLOSET, NO MORE THAN 44" AFF. THE FORCE REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE CONTROLS SHALL BE NO GREATER THAN 5 LBS. co co WHEELCHAIR TURNING SPACE I I I I I I I I I I I Oe♦_♦S0♦001 ♦?' * IF DOOR IS PROVIDED WITH BOTH CLOSER AND LATCH FRONT APPROACH PUSH SIDE X 2 Co co • TOWELS & WASTE 48" MAX. TYP. DRYER BABY CHANGING STATION ELEVATION OF TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES AND BI -LEVEL DRINKING FOUNTAINS D. G. H. V. A. GRAB BARS AT WATER CLOSET 1. THE SIDE WALL GRAB BAR SHALL BE 42" LONG MIN., LOCATED 12' MAX. FROM THE REAR WALL AND EXTENDING 54" MIN. FROM THE REAR WALL 2. THE REAR WALL GRAB BAR SHALL BE 36° LONG MIN., AND EXTEND FROM THE CENTERLINE OF THE WATER CLOSET 12" MIN. ON THE SIDE CLOSEST TO THE WALL, AND 24" MIN. ON THE TRANSFER SIDE. 3. WHERE SIDE WALL VERTICAL GRAB BARS ARE INSTALLED, THE VERTICAL GRAB BAR SHALL BE 18" LONG MIN., MOUNTED WITH THE BOTTOM OFTHE BAR BETWEEN 39" AND 41"AFF, AND WITH THE CENTERLINE OFTHE BAR BETWEEN 39" AND 41" FROM THE REAR WALL 4 WHERE SWING -UP GRAB BARS ARE INSTALLED, THE CENTERLINE OF THE GRAB BAR SHALL BE MOUNTED 15 3/4" FROM THE CENTERLINE OF THE WATER CLOSET SWING -UP GRAB BARS SHALL BE 28" MIN. IN LENGTH, MEASURED FROM THE WALL TO THE END OF THE HORIZONTAL PORTION OF THE GRAB BAR. 5. THE OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF GRAB BARS SHALL BE 1 1/4" MIN. TO 2' MAX. WITH A 1 1/2" CLEARANCE BETWEEN THE WALL AND THE GRAB BAR 6. THE SPACE BETWEEN THE GRAB BAR AND PROJECTING OBJECTS BELOW AND AT THE ENDS OF THE GRAB BAR SHALL BE 1 1/2" MIN. THE SPACE BETWEEN THE GRAB BAR AND PROJECTING OBJECTS ABOVE THE GRAB BAR SHALL BE 12" MIN. 7. HORIZONTAL GRAB BARS SHALL BE MOUNTED AT 33° MIN. AND 36" MAX. ABOVE THE FLOOR, MEASURED TO THE TOP OF THE GRIPPING SURFACE. 8. BAR FASTENERS AND MOUNTING SUPPORT SHALL BE ABLE TO WITHSTAND 250 LBS. POINTLOAD IN BENDING, SHEAR AND TORSION. 9. GRAB BARS SHALL NOT ROTATE WITHIN THEIR FITTINGS. URINALS 1. WHERE URINALS ARE PROVIDED, THE RIM OF AT LEAST ONE SHALL PROJECT 131/2" MIN. FROM THE WALL AND BE LOCATED 17' AFF MAX. 2. PROVIDE 30" X 48" CLEAR FLOOR SPACE FOR FORWARD APPROACH. 3. THE FORCE REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE THE FLUSH VALVE SHALL BE 5 LBS MAX. AND THE FLUSH CONTROL SHALL BE LOCATED AT 44" AFF MAX. C. KITCHENS AND KITCHENETTES 1. IN PASS-THROUGH KITCHENS WHERE COUNTERS, APPLIANCES OR CABINETS ARE ON TWO OPPOSING SIDES, OR WHERE COUNTERS, APPLIANES OR CABINETS ARE OPPOSITE A PARALLEL WALL PROVIDE 40" MIN. CLEARANCE. PASS-THROUGH KITCHENS SHALL HAVE TWO ENTRIES. 2. IN KITCHENS ENCLOSED ON THREE CONTIGUOUS SIDES, CLEARANCE BETWEEN ALL OPPOSING BASE CABINETS, COUNTERTOPS, APPLIANCES OR WALLS WITHIN KITCHEN WORK AREAS SHALL BE 60" MIN. 3. THE KITCHEN WORK SURFACE SHALL BE 28" AFF MIN. AND 34" AFF MAX. HIGH. 4. A CLEAR FLOOR SPACE OF 30" X 48", POSITIONED FOR PARALLEL APPROACH TO THE SPACE DEDICATED TO A REFRIGERATOR SHALL BE PROVIDED. THE CENTERLINE OF THE CLEAR FLOOR SPACE SHALL BE OFFSET 24" MAX. FROM THE CENTERLINE OF THE DEDICATED SPACE. SALES AND SERVICE COUNTERS 1. ALL PORTIONS OF COUNTERS REQUIRED TO BE ACCESSIBLE SHALL BE LOCATED ADJACENT TO AN ACCESSIBLE WALKING SURFACE. 2. THE ACCESSIBLE PORTION OF THE COUNTERTOP SHALL EXTEND THE SAME DEPTH AS THE SALES AND SERVICE COUNTERTOP. 3. FOR A PARALLEL APPROACH, A PORTION OF THE COUNTER SURFACE 36° MIN. IN LENGTH AND 36" MAX. IN HEIGHTABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR SHALL BE PROVIDED. WHERE COUNTER SURFACE IS LESS THAN 36" IN LENGTH, THE ENTIRE COUNTER SURFACE SHALL BE 36° AFF MAX. IN HEIGHT. A CLEAR FLOOR SPACE OF 30" X 48", POSITIONED FOR PARALLEL APPROACH ADJACENT TO THE ACCESSIBLE COUNTER SHALL BE PROVIDED. FOR A FORWARD APPROACH, A PORTION OF THE COUNTER SURFACE 30" MIN. IN LENGTH AND 36" MAX. IN HEIGHTABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR SHALL BE PROVIDED. A CLEAR FLOOR SPACE OF 30" X 48", POSITIONED FOR FORWARD APPROACH TO THE ACCESSIBLE COUNTER SHALL BE PROVIDED. KNEE AND TOE CLEARANCES SHALL BE PROVIDED UNDER THE ACCESSIBLE COUNTER. CHECK-OUT AISLES 1. THE CHECKOUT COUNTER SURFACE SHALL BE 38" AFF MAX.. THE TOP OFTHE COUNTER EDGE PROTECTION SHALL BE 2" MAX. ABOVE THE TOP OF THE COUNTER SURFACE ON THE AISLE SIDE OF THE CHECK-OUT COUNTER. 2. WHERE PROVIDED, CHECK WRITING SURFACES SHALL BE 28" AFF MIN. AND 34" AFF MAX. HIGH. LAVATORIES 1. A 30" X 48" CLEAR FLOOR SPACE CENTERED ON THE LAVATORY SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR FORWARD APPROACH. SAID CLEAR FLOOR SPACE MAY INCLUDE KNEE AND TOE SPACE UNDER LAVATORY DESCRIBED BELOW. 2 PROVIDE CLEAR SPACE BENEATH LAVATORIES 27" MIN. HIGH BY 30° MIN. WIDE BY 8" MIN. DEEP (KNEE SPACE) AND 9" MIN. HIGH BY 30" MIN. WIDE BY 11' MIN. DEEP FROM FRONT OF LAVATORY (TOE SPACE). 3 LAVATORIES ADJACENT TO WALL SHALL BE CENTERED 18" FROM SIDE WALL, WITH RIM OR COUNTER SURFACE NO HIGHER THAN 34" FROM FINISH FLOOR. 4 FAUCET CONTROLS AND OPERATING MECHANISM (OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND) SHALL BE OF THE TYPE NOT REQUIRING TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING OR TWISTING OFTHE WRIST AND AN OPERATING FORCE NOT EXCEEDING 5 LBS. SELF-CLOSING VALVES SHALL REMAIN OPEN FOR AT LEAST 10 SECONDS. 5. WATER SUPPLY AND DRAIN PIPES UNDER LAVATORIES SHALL BE INSULATED OR OTHERWISE CONFIGURED TO PROTECT AGAINST CONTACT. TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES 1. MIRRORS LOCATED ABOVE LAVATORIES OR COUNTERTOPS SHALL BE MOUNTED WITH BOTTOM EDGE OF REFLECTING SURFACE AT 40" AFF MAX.. MIRRORS NOT LOCATED ABOVE LAVATORIES OR COUNTERTOPS SHALL BE MOUNTED WITH BOTTOM EDGE OF REFLECTING SURFACE AT 35" AFF MAX. 2. COAT HOOKS SHALL BE LOCATED WITHIN ONE OF THE REACH RANGES AS SPECIFIED FOR FORWARD OR PARALLEL APPROACH. WHERE PROVIDED, SHELVES SHALL BE LOCATED 40" AFF MIN. AND 48" AFF MAX. 3. OPERATING PARTS OF DISPENSING AND DISPOSAL FIXTURES (TOWELS, WASTE, COIN SLOTS, ETC.) SHALL BE 48" AFF MAX. WHERE FORWARD OR SIDE REACH IS UNOBSTRUCTED. 4. . TOILET TISSUE DISPENSERS SHALL BE MOUNTED AT 7' MIN. AND 9° MAX. IN FRONT OF THE WATER CLOSET MEASURED TO THE CENTERLINE OF THE DISPENSER. THE OUTLET OF THE DISPENSER SHALL BE 15" AFF MIN. AND 48" AFF MAX., AND SHALL NOT BE LOCATED BEHIND GRAB BARS. DRINKING FOUNTAINS 1. A 30" X 48" CLEAR FLOOR SPACE CENTERED ON THE UNIT SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR FORWARD APPROACH. 2. WATER FOUNTAINS SHALL NOT ENCROACH MORE THAN 4" INTO THE CIRCULATION PATH. 3. WHERE CLEAR FLOOR SPACE IS POSITIONED FOR FORWARD APPROACH, THE ALCOVE IN WHICH THE WATER FOUNTAIN IS LOCATED SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN 36" WIDE WHERE DEPTH EXCEEDS 24". 4. WHERE CLEAR FLOOR SPACE IS POSITIONED FOR PARALLEL APPROACH, THE ALCOVE SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN 60" WIDE WHERE DEPTH EXCEEDS 15°. 5. PROVIDE CLEAR SPACE BENEATH DRINKING FOUNTAIN 27" MIN. HIGH BY 30" MIN. WIDE BY 8° MIN. DEEP (KNEE SPACE) AND 9" MIN. HIGH BY 30" MIN. WIDE BY 11" MIN. DEEP FROM FRONT OF DRINKING FOUNTAIN (TOE SPACE). 6. SPOUT OUTLETS AND OPERABLE PARTS SHALL BE LOCATED 15" MIN. FROM THE VERTICAL SUPPORT AND 5" MAX. FROM THE FRONT EDGE OF THE DRINKING FOUNTAIN. WHERE ONLYA PARALLEL APPROACH IS PROVIDED, THE SPOUT SHALL BE LOCATED 31/2" MAX. FROM THE FRONT EDGE OF THE DRINKING FOUNTAIN. 7. WHERE WATER FOUNTAINS ARE PROVIDED, ONE SHALL BE AT AN ACCESSIBLE HEIGHT AND A SECOND ONE AT THE STANDARD HEIGHT. SPOUT OUTLET HEIGHT OF WHEELCHAIR ACCESSIBLE DRINKING FOUNTAINS SHALL BE 36" AFF MAX.. SPOUT OUTLET HEIGHT FOR STANDING PERSONS SHALL BE BETWEEN 38" AFF AND 43" AFF. 8. THE SPOUT SHALL PROVIDE A WATER STREAM OF 4" MIN. IN HEIGHT AND PARALLEL TO THE FRONT OF THE FOUNTAIN. SPECIAL ROOMS, SPACES AND ELEMENTS DRESSING AND FITTING ROOMS 1. A CIRCULAR TURNING SPACE OR AT -SHAPED TURNING SPACE SHALL BE PROVIDED WITHIN THE ROOM. 2. DOORS SHALL NOT SWING INTO THE ROOM UNLESS A CLEAR FLOOR SPACE OF 30" X 48" IS PROVIDED WITHIN THE ROOM BEYOND THE ARC OF THE DOOR SWING. 3. A BENCH SHALL BE PROVIDED WITHIN THE ROOM. A. A CLEAR FLOOR SPACE OF 30° X 48" POSITIONED FOR PARALLEL APPROACH TO AN END OF THE BENCH SEAT SHALL BE PROVIDED. B. A BENCH SHALL HAVE SEATS 42" MIN. IN LENGTH AND BETWEEN 20" AND 24" IN DEPTH. C.THE TOP OF THE BENCH SEAT SURFACE SHALL BE 17" AFF MIN. AND 19" AFF MAX. D. ALLOWABLE STRESSES SHALL NOT BE EXCEEDED FOR MATERIALS USED WHERE A VERTICAL OR HORIZONTAL FORCE OF 250 LBS. IS APPLIED ATANY POINT ON THE SEAT, FASTENER MOUNTING DEVICE OR SUPPORTING STRUCTURE. 4. ACCESSIBLE COAT HOOKS SHALL BE LOCATED WITHIN ONE OF THE REACH RANGES AS SPECIFIED FOR FORWARD OR PARALLEL APPROACH. WHERE PROVIDED, SHELVES SHALL BE LOCATED 40" AFF MIN. AND 48" AFF MAX. 000 1 --4v I 4, 30" MIN. I L - - - --I L 1'-6" 60" MIN. CLEARANCES AT WATER CLOSET AND LAVATORY Z 2 x r) z_ • N • - 1 N- X 8" /Mid 11" /6" MAX. MIN. SIDE VIEW OF LAVATORY / VI. VII. A. B. ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 1. THE CENTER OF JUNCTION BOXES AND RECEPTACLE OUTLETS SHALL BE INSTALLED AT AN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION MEETING THE CLEARANCES AND REACH RANGE REQUIREMENTS AND SHALL BE LOCATED NOT LESS THAN 15" ABOVE THE FLOOR 2. THE CENTER OF THE GRIP OF THE OPERATING HANDLE OF CONTROLS OR SWITCHES, INTENDED TO BE USED BY THE OCCUPANT OF THE ROOM OR AREA TO CONTROL LIGHTING, RECEPTACLE OUTLETS, APPLIANCES OR HVAC EQUIPMENT, SHALL MEET THE CLEARANCE AND REACH RANGE REQUIREMENTS FOR PERSONS WITH DISABILITIES AND SHALL BE LOCATED NOT LESS THAN 36" AND NOT MORE THAN 48" ABOVE THE FLOOR. COMMUNICATION ELEMENTS AND FEATURES SIGNAGE 1. VISUAL CHARACTERS A.THE UPPERCASE LETTER "I" SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM CHARACTER HEIGHT OF 5/8" AND A MOUNTING HEIGHT OF 40" TO 70" FROM THE FLOOR TO BASELINE OFTHE CHARACTER WHEN VIEWED FROM A HORIZONTAL DISTANCE OF 6 B.THE UPPERCASE LETTER"I" SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM CHARACTER HEIGHT OF 2" AND A MOUNTING HEIGHT OF'71"TO 120° FROM THE FLOOR TO BASELINE OFTHE CHARACTER WHEN VIEWED FROM A HORIZONTAL DISTANCE OF 15'. C.THE UPPERCASE LETTER "I" SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM CHARACTER HEIGHT OF 3" AND A MOUNTING HEIGHT OF GREATER THAN 120" FROM THE FLOOR TO BASELINE OF THE CHARACTER WHEN VIEWED FROM A HORIZONTAL DISTANCE OF 21'. D.CHARACTERS AND THEIR BACKGROUNDS SHALL HAVE A NON -GLARE FINISH. CHARACTERS SHALL CONTRAST WITH THEIR BACKGROUNDS, WITH EITHER A LIGHT SYMBOL ON A DARK BACKGROUND OR DARK SYMBOL ON A LIGHT BACKGROUND. 2. SIGNAGE SHALL BE TACTILE ACCESSIBLE TO PEOPLE WITH VISUAL IMPAIRMENTS. A.TACTILE CHARACTERS SHALL BE RAISED 1/32" MIN. ABOVE THEIR BACKGROUND AND CHARACTERS SHALL BE UPPERCASE AND SANS SERIF. B.TACTILE CHARACTERS SHALL HAVE CHARACTERS 5/8" MIN. TO 2° MAX. IN HEIGHT. STROKE WIDTH SHALL BE 15% MAX. OF THE HEIGHT OF AN UPPERCASE LETTER "I". 3 PICTOGRAMS SHALL HAVE A FIELD HEIGHT OF 6" MIN.. TEXT DESCRIPTORS OR BRAILLE SHALL NOT BE LOCATED IN THE PICTOGRAM FIELD. 4. PERMANENT SIGNAGE IDENTIFYING ROOMS OR AREAS OF A BUILDING SHALL BE LOCATED ON THE WALL NEXT TO THE LATCH SIDE OF THE DOOR. TACTILE CHARACTERS SHALL BE LOCATED AT 48" AFF MIN. MEASURED TO THE BASELINE OF THE LOWEST TACTILE CHARACTER, AND 60" AFF MAX. MEASURED TO THE BASELINE OF THE HIGHEST TACTILE CHARACTER WHERE ATACTILE SIGN IS PROVIDED AT DOUBLE DOORS WITH TWO ACTIVE LEAVES, THE SIGN SHALL BE TO THE RIGHT OF THE RIGHT-HAND DOOR. WHERE THERE IS INSUFFICIENT WALL SPACE TO LOCATE SIGN AS INDICATED, THE SIGN SHALL BE ON THE NEAREST ADJACENT WALL TACTILE SIGNS SHALL BE LOCATED SO THATA CLEAR FLOOR AREA 18" X 18" MIN., CENTERED ON THE TACTILE CHARACTERS, IS PROVIDED BEYOND THE ARC OF ANY DOOR SWING BETWEEN THE CLOSED POSITION AND 45° OPEN POSITION. 5. THE INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY SHALL BE THE STANDARD USED TO IDENTIFY FACILITIES THAT ARE ACCESSIBLE TO AND USABLE BY PERSONS WITH DISABILITIES. THE SYMBOL SHALL CONSIST OF A WHITE FIGURE ON A BLUE BACKGROUND. THE BLUE SHALL BE EQUAL TO. COLOR NO. 15090 IN FEDERAL STANDARD 595B. 6. IDENTIFICATION SYMBOLS FOR ACCESSIBLE SANITARY FACILITIES: A.DOORWAYS LEADING TO MEN'S SANITARY FACILITIES SHALL BE IDENTIFIED BY AN EQUILATERAL TRIANGLE 1/4" THICK WITH EDGES 12" LONG AND VERTEX POINTING UPWARD. B. WOMEN'S SANITARY FACILITIES SHALL BE IDENTIFIED BY A CIRCLE 1/4" THICK, 12" IN DIAMETER C.UNISEX SANITARY FACILITIES SHALL BE IDENTIFIED BYA CIRCLE 1/4"THICK, 12" IN DIAMETER WITH A 1/4" THICK TRIANGLE SUPERIMPOSED ON THE CIRCLE AND WITHIN THE 12" DIAMETER. D.THESE GEOMETRIC SYMBOLS SHALL BE CENTERED ON THE DOOR ATA HEIGHT OF 60" AND THEIR COLOR AND CONTRAST SHALL BE DISTINCTLY DIFFERENT FROM THE DOOR ALARMS 1. FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS SHALL HAVE PERMANENTLY INSTALLED AUDIBLE AND VISUAL ALARMS AND NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 72; MAX. ALLOWABLE SOUND LEVEL SHALL BE NO MORE THAN 110 dB AT THE MINIMUM HEARING DISTANCE FROM THE AUDIBLE APPLIANCE. 2. THE CENTER OF FIRE ALARM INITIATING DEVICES, AS WELL AS THE HIGHEST OPERABLE PART OF EMERGENCY HOSES AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE LOCATED NOT MORE THAN 48" AFF. 3. VISUAL FIRE ALARMS AS A MEANS OF WARNING FOR PEOPLE WITH A HEARING DISABILITY SHALL BE MOUNTED AT 80" AFF IN COMMON USE AREAS. FLASHING VISUAL WARNING SHALL HAVE FREQUENCY OF NOT MORE THAN 60 FLASHES PER MINUTE. ALL DEVICES MUST RECEIVE STATE FIRE MARSHALL APPROVAL. 36" MIN. / 24" MIN. /11-0" / MIN. MAX. FRONT VIEW OF WATER CLOSET AND GRAB BARS RFVIFWFD FOR 54" MIN. �12" MAX. 39"-41" 42" MIN. 4' / / -'. • N- i V Z to X 0o SIDE VIEW OF WATER CLOSET AND GRAB BARS PLUMBING ELEMENTS AND FACILITIES IF Y = 60" MIN., THEN X = 36" MIN. IF Y = 54" MIN., THEN X = 42" MIN. X 4 l'111411640.1*/* AIL AIL • HINGE APPROACH PULL SIDE 1' Z_ * IF DOOR IS PROVIDED WITH BOTH CLOSER AND LATCH ** 48" MIN. IF BOTH CLOSER AND LATCH PROVIDED 1'-0" I ♦♦♦•♦eee♦o♦♦ HINGE APPROACH PUSH SIDE 22" MIN. 4, 54" MIN. IF CLOSER IS PROVIDED • ♦♦ore♦. C 24"MIN. ce♦• ••• • �♦ LATCH APPROACH PULL SIDE 48" MIN. IF CLOSER IS PROVIDED LATCH APPROACH PUSH SIDE CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED AUG 292013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION MANEUVERING CLEARANCES AT MANUAL SWINGING DOORS --- 18" MINA, TOILET ROOMS SHALL MAINTAIN THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM CONFIGURATIONS AND CLEARANCES U.O.N. A A X X • • PULL SIDE I I I I I I I I I I I V.. i♦i♦i e♦lei ♦eo♦• ♦♦♦♦so. 00i♦OOOi♦p♦�� RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUL 222013 PERMIT CENTER MANEUVERING CLEARANCES AT RECESSED DOORS IF DOOR IS PROVIDED WITH BOTH CLOSER AND LATCH 1 PUSH SIDE t3..2.21b D:TMARCHITECT Denni3T fwlitchell rWARB, RIA 6031 i•20 West Sute260 Atlington,,TX.70017 P:817.265.2415 F.817:4831377 PtOPeROPPht14.i:04itOt.p9.M. All rights reserved. No part of these drawings or specifications may be copied, reproduced or used in connection with any work, other than the specific project for which they prepared, have been without prior written authorization from the Architect. J.CREW Southcenter Mall 633 Southcenter Mall Space No. 676 Tukwila, WA 98188 Level: Ground Floor J.Crew No. 807 Project No. 1339 TERED ARCHITECT UL 1 °2013 DONS T. MITOI.LL STATE OF ilYASHTON NO. DATE ISSUE 07-17-13 Issue for Permit 07-17-13 Issue for Bid 07-17-13 Issue for LL & Client Review Accessibility Notes A-0.1 7/17/13 6:39 PM Nolumes/projects_ACTIVE/J.Crew/J.Crew Projects/1339 Southcenter Mall/Project-WorkingFiles/11339-Southcenter Mall. pin SPECIFICATIONS: 1A. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1B. 1C. A. These General Requirements are intended to supplement and, where more stringent, supersede the "General Conditions" and "Supplementary General Conditions" of the Contract between Owner and Contractor. B. The Work of this Project is to be performed under separate contracts in accordance with Section 1B below. Where "Contractor" is referred to in the ''General Conditions," the "Supplementary General Conditions" and the "General Requirements" it shall refer to each prime Contractor unless specifically noted otherwise. C. The General Contractor shall obtain and pay for all required building department and Landlord permits and schedule all required inspections. The General Contractor shall also retain licensed professionals to perform all controlled inspections required by code. Work, procedures and materials shall comply with applicable codes and regulations, and Owner's specifications. E All Work, procedures and materials shall comply with the requirements of the Landlord It is the Contractors' responsibility to obtain a copy of such requirements prior to submitting a bid. Where requirements conflict with hose herein, the more stringent shall apply. E All Work shall be installed in accordance with the Contract Documents, manufacturers' latest printed instructions, and accepted trade standards, unless more stringent methods are specified herein or shown on the Drawings. G. Prior to submitting a bid, the Contractor shall thoroughly examine the site of Work, including access thereto, to familiarize themselves with all relevant existing conditions. Lack of familiarity with such conditions will not be grounds for extra costs during construction SEPARATE CONTRACTS AND OWNER'S WORK A. B. C. All Work described in the Contract Documents shall be included in the General Construction Contract unless specifically indicated otherwise on the Responsibility Schedule (A-8.0) or elsewhere in the documents. The G.C. shall be solely responsible for coordination and supervision of all Work. The Work of this Project is to be performed under one prime contract: "General Construction", and by various vendors with contracts directly with Owner The Contractor for "General Construction'' is referred to as the "General Contractor" "G.C." or "Contractor". The work by the Owner's separate contracts are referred to as "by Owner" or by Others". See Responsibility Schedule (Slit. A-8.0) for clarifications of the scope of work under the General Contractor, and Owner's Separate Contracts. The G,C. shall coordinate with the Owner's contractors as required to incorporate and integrate all INTork into the Project, including but not limited to coordination of schedule and any related work as called for in the Responsibility Schedule. • The G.C. is responsible for providing secured storage for all Owner's and Millworker's materials. Items missing during the course of construction shall be replaced by the Owner and back charged to the Contractor. The G.C. is responsible for receiving, distributing and storing all Owner's and MillWorker's materials as set forth in the Responsibility Schedule. The Contractor shall fully coordinate his work with the work of others' and with the work of the Owner. The G.C. shall have the responsibility to coordinate and sequence all work. The G.C. shall obtain schedules from the Owner to coordinate all items into the general construction schedule. Any additional costs to the Owner's contracts caused by unprepared job site conditions or construction schedule delays shall be the sole responsibility of the G.C. at no cost to the Owner. The G.C. is responsible for obtaining, in a timely manner, all material cut -sheets, shop drawings, submittals and installation instructions for all items to be supplied by Owner or Millwork Contractor. Lack of familiarity with such information will not be grounds for extra costs durino6construction The Owner will supply, upon the Contractor's request, all material cut -sheets, shop drawings and installation instructions of all Owner supplied items. CUTTING AND PATCHING A. The General Contractor is responsible for, and shall include in his price, all cutting and patching of new and existing structural and non-structural elements required to complete the Work and to maintain the required fire ratings, whether or not such cutting and patching is shown on the Drawings or mentioned herein. Patching vvork shall include patching of existing and new .openings, trenches and holes in new and existing work. B. Structural Work: Where cutting, channeling, core -drilling, or patching of existing slabs, decks or other structural elements is required, the following procedures 'shall be followed: - • 1. Notify the Landlord and obtain the Landlord's written permission to perform the work. 2. If required by the Landlord, use .Landlord approved subcontractors. 3. If required by the Landlord or by job conditions, provide survey of existing structural elements. 4. Providetemporary bracing, shoring, etc. if required. Engage and pay for a licensed engineer to design such bracing or shoring. 5. Do no cutting, channeling, core -drilling, etc. that will in any way weaken or compromise the Structure. 6. Comply with the Drawings where cutting and patching work is specified, . 7. X-raying .of the slab shall be required to locate conduits, plumbing, cabling, etc. where slab is .on grade or site conditions. C. Roofing Work: Where cutting or patching of existing roofing or flashing is required, the following procedures shall be followed: 1. Comply with the requirements of Section B above. 2. Match existing adjacent construction. Provide a complete, watertight installation that will not affect the guarantee of the existing roof. D. Miscellaneous Non-structural Patching: ls Patch all disturbed surfaces to match existing adjacent surfaces. E. See Division lEfor submittal requirements. F. See Division 5.A (if included in these specifications) for structural work requirements. 1D. DEFINITIONS A. "Furnish" and "Supply" are used interchangeably, and mean purchase and deliver to the job site. Unloading shall be part of "installation" unless specifically stated otherwise in the documents. . B. "Install" means unload, safely store, protect, assemble, set in place, secure and connect as required to complete the Work. C. `Trovide" means furnish and install. - D. 'Mall" or "Landlord" means the designated construction representative(s) of the Landlord where the Project is located. E. "Like -new conditions" means to patch, repair or replace specified items in drawings to conditions equal to new construction acceptable to the Landlord, Owner and Architect. 1E. CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES AND PERFORMANCE A. All work to be performed shall be coordinated with the Landlord and in compliance to the Landlord's written construction criteria and guidelines. It is the Contractor's responsibility to obtain such requirements prior to Bidding and to include all associated costs in his/her Bid. B. All work shall be confined to the job site unless otherwise specifically noted. This includes all equipment tools, materials, etc. At no time shall Contractor unload his materials, tools, etc., into any other space without Written approval of the Landlord. C. Contractor shall not attach or cause to be attached. to any wall or structural member anyequipmentthat may, by virtue of its size or weight, cause structural damage. Contractor' shall not do anything that might in any. way affect the structural integrity of the building. D. All hangers for Utilities, ceilings, etc. shall be anchored tostructural components in compliance with code and the Landlords requirements. E. Protect existing building from damage throughout the construction period. Repair any such damage to match existing construction. . E All doors shall be made secure at the completion of. each .work day. The G.C. shall be responsible for the security of the site. G. Do not close or obstruct streets; sidewalks, corridors; stairs, Landlord common areas or any other type of public way. Material or debris shall not be placed or stored in or on such public ways. Conduct operations so as to interfere as little as possible with normal activities in and around the Landlord's pre.mis.ses. H. G.C. shall :maintain on-site, at all times during the Work, a full -tithe p:roject superintendent. The superintendent shall not be changed during the Project except at the request of the Owner. The superintendent shall be experienced in directing Work comparable to the Project I. G.C. shall maintain on-site at least one legible, complete and current set of Drawings for. reference, in addition .to those sets required by individual trades. In addition, G.C. shall maintain on-site all SK's, FSK's, approved Shop Drawings, samples and submittals, memoranda, and other relevant communications. Drawings, submittals, and documents shall be maintained in an orderly fashion. All sets of Drawings shall be kept current. No superseded Drawings shall be used on-site. J. The General Contractor shall provide adequate number of heavy duty containers and locate as appropriate for collection and removal from the job site of waste materials, rubbish and debris for all contractors.. • K The General Contractor shall leave the site broom -clean daily. L. The General Contractor shall empty containers as required into dumpsters located as directed by the Landlord. The cost of the dumpsters shall be paid by the G.C.. 1F. SUBMITTALS A. The contractor shall prepare a list of and schedule for all Shop Drawings required in the specifications. Such Shop Drawings Schedule shall list the following: 1. Break down of the items of work. 2. Set forth all shop drawings that are to be submitted for the Project. 3. Indicate the dates by which these shop drawings shall be submitted and approved to meet the construction schedule. B. See MEP drawings for further submittal requirements. C. See Structural drawings (if any) for further submittal requirements. D. Prior to submitting Shop Drawings, the COntractor shall: 1. Carefully review shop drawings to ensure that they are fully coordinated and complete. 2. Verify all materials, field measurements and field construction criteria related thereto. 3. Check shop drawings for complete dimensional accuracy. 4. Report to Architect any inconsistencies between Shop Drawings and Construction Documents. E. Shop Drawings, samples, manufacturer's literature, and any other type of submittal called for shall conform to this section, to the Supplementary General Conditions, and to the individual "submittals" articles of each section. Submittals not in Conformance with these sections will be rejected without review. E Each submittal shall be labeled with the name of the project, the date, the nature of the submittal, and the name, address and telephone number of the subcontractor submitting it G. Shop Drawings shall be submitted of an appropriate size for the submittal and with a 5" x 5" blank space for the Architect's stamp. II Samples: 1. Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall submit two 12" x 12" samples to Architect and two samples to Owner simultaneously of each material, color or finish required by the Specifications within the established schedule or as required not to delay the Project. 2. Where custom finishes are specified, submit samples bracketing the finish in order to expedite the review process. 3. After selection or approval of samples by the Architect and Owner, the Contractor shall submit additional samples as directed. I. The Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings to the Architect (with a copy to the Owner) in a timely sequence and in accordance with the Shop Drawing Schedule. All submittals must be received by the Architect six full business days before the Contractor needs them returned. Unless otherwise noted, submit three of each submittal, one of which will be returned to the Contractor. In order to expedite Shop Drawing review, the Contractor may send items requiring the Engineer's review directly to the Engineer only if the Architect receives one print and a copy of the Contractor's transmittal simultaneously. After reviewing, the Engineer shall return the Shop Drawings to the Architect for final review before returning to the Contractor. K. If the Contractor wishes to substitute a product, material, detail or procedure for one specified herein or shown on the Drawings, he shall submit supporting documents, materials, samples, etc., as needed to demonstrate its equality to that which was specified. The Architect and Owner reserve the right to reject any substitution. 1G 1H 11. 1J. L. Final review action will be provided by the Architect and "final release" of Shop Drawings and other submittals shall be by the Contractor. M. No portion of the Work shall be commenced until required Shop Dra.wings, Product Data, Samples or Catalogue Cuts are approved by the Architect If the Contractor proceeds with work without first obtaining approval from the Architect, any corrective work required thereafter due to the unacceptable quality of the finished product shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor at no cost to the Owner. TEMPORARY FACILITIES, SERVICE INTERRUPTIONS A. In accordance with Landlord requirements, the G.C. shall arrange for and provide all temporary utilities and facilities required to perform the Work, including but not limited to lighting, power, water, telephone, fax machine (separate line), and temporary HVAC. B. Contractor shall maintain sufficient levels of lighting to permit the installation and inspection of such work as architectural millwork, storefront work, floor finishing, painting, etc. If in the opinion of the Owner or Architect there is insufficient light to inspect or perform the Work, the G.C. shall provide additional temporary lighting. The G.C. shall not be permitted to use the Owner's lamps. C. Contractor shall maintain climatic conditions at the site for the acclimation and installation of wood flooring and millwork until the HVAC system is fully operational. Provide heaters, dehumidifiers, or other means necessary to maintain the proper conditions so that temperature and relative humidity match the conditions of the finished project D. Provide, erect and maintain catch platforms, weather protection, warning signs, and other items as required for proper protection of people and property. E Services to occupied areas, including but not limited to electricity, water, air conditioning, plumbing, sprinkler, and telephone, shall be maintained at all times. When service interruptions are unavoidable they must be arranged in advance with the Landlord in accordance with Landlord regulations. All such interruptions shall be plannedto minimize their duration E Sprinkler shut -downs shall be arranged in advance with the Landlord. The Contractor shall include all overtime or night work required to perform work during shut -down periods. The Contractor shall also include in their Work the cost of a fire watch if required. G. Any mandatory service shut -downs shall be arranged in advance with the Owner. The Contractor shall include all overtime or night work required to perform work during shut -down periods. IL Contractor shall maintain a clear and legal path of egress with sufficient levels of lighting and exit signs during all phases of work. I. Phasing, (where and when requested by the Owner), shall be phased by the Contractor and approved by the J. Crew Project Manager prior to the commencement of any work. Phasing shall be performed in such a way so that the operations of the existing store will not be disrupted. CONSTRUCTION BARRICADE A. Provide a full -height construction barricade in conformance with Landlord requirements. Barricade must be in place for all construction procedures. Any damage to Landlord surfaces shall be patched so as to be indistinguishable from adjacent finishes after removal of the barricade. B. All required temporary partitions, barricades and dust -proof barriers shall be provided by G.C. and must remain intact at all times during the Project. Should any panel be removed, torn or otherwise displaced or damaged, it shall be promptly reattached or repaired by G.C.. C. Barricade shall cover the entire width and height of the tenant's storefront Construct the barricade as required by the Landlord and site conditions. See Barricade Elevations. D. A Barricade shall be required at any area where left unprotected shall compromise the security of the job site. E. Provide doors as indicated on the Drawings, each with secured lock and hinges as required. Obtain permission from Landlord prior to installation of the barricade & barricade doors. E Remove barricade at end of project per Owner's schedule. Confirm Schedule with Owner's Project Manager before removing barricade. Dispose of the barricade per Code and Landlord requirements. G. Prior to the removal of barricade, provide brown paper taped onto the interior of storefront glazing. Do not tape onto surface of painted storefront. START-UP PROCEDURES A Prior to commencement of construction, the G.C. shall have on the job site one set of Drawings approved by the Landlord; one set of Drawings and other applicable documents approved by local authorities having jurisdiction; one copy of the Landlord's construction procedures; at least one legible, complete and current set of Issued for Construction Drawings (in addition to those mentioned above), and any other documents required by the Landlord or authorities having jurisdiction. B. Comply with the Landlord's start-up procedures and Tenant Criteria. C. No work shall begin before the Contractor receives the Owner's notificatio:n to proceed. D. No construction shall begin until a permit has been secured and all required certificates of insurance have been delivered to the Landlord and the Owner. E. Prior to commencing Work, Contractor shall verify all dimensions and conditions in the field and report any discrepancies to the Architect. By commencing the Work the Contractor is accepting the condition of the site. F. At no time shall any Contractor or trade 'scale off" the drawings to obtain dimensions. The G.C. shall provide contact the Archticect or Owner for dimensions should written dimensions not be provided on Drawings or Details. CLOSE-OUT A. The G.C. shall turn over to the Owner two bound sets of operating, maintenance and spare parts manuals for all mechanical, electrical and similar equipment. In addition, the Contractor shall provide operating instructions in the form of a demonstration to the Owner's staff for all such equipment. B. Prior to turnover of the Project to the Owner, remove all unused materials, equipment and debris. C. Prior to turnover, thoroughly clean and dust all surfaces including but not limited to flooring, storefront, glass and millwork. Remove all proprietary- labels from the Work except where required by code to remain. D. Contractor shall comply with Landlord's close-out requirements. E. Contractor shall provide Owner and Architect with a complete set of as -built drawings per Landlord's requirements, including architectural, mechanical and electrical. Store drawings in PVC tubing located adjacent to electrical panels and on CD ROM in closeout book. Store to receive hard copy of drawings, construction manager receives the (2) x CD ROM. F. Contractor shall provide Owner with all documents and warranties as indicated in contract. G. Final Cleaning: Provide final cleaning of all work by a professional cleaning service, at time indicated by Owner, consisting of cleaning each surface to normal "clean" conditions expected for a first-class building cleaning/maintenance program and the Owner. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for cleaning operations. The following are examples, but not by way of limitation, of cleaning levels required: 1. Remove all labels which are not required as permanent labels. 2. Clean all transparent materials, including mirrors and window/door glass, to a polished condition, removing substances which are noticeable. 3. Clean all hard Surfaces to a dirt -free condition, free of dust, stains, films and similar noticeable substances. Restore reflective surfaces to original reflective condition. 4. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment clean; remove excess lubrication and other substances. 5. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces including roofs, plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment and similar spaces. 6. Clean all finish flooring broom clean. Do not use water to clean finished wood flooring, only clean as directed per Manufacturer's written instructions. 7. Clean light fixtures and lamps. 8. Snake all plumbing waste lines. 9. Replace construction filters with new filters in all LIVAC units. 10. Two final professional cleans are required to be done. One at the time of turnover to the store operations team and one the day piror to opening. 1K. UNIT PRICES I. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: A. This section specifies the requirements for unit prices: 1. A Unit Price is an amount proposed by Bidders and stated on the Bid Form As a price per unit of measurement for materials and services that will be added or deducted from the Contract Sum by Change Order in the event the quantities of items as required in Construction Documents are increased or decreased. 2. Unit Prices shall include all necessary Material, overhead, profit and applicable taxes. B. The Owner reserves the right to reject the Contractor's measurement of work -in-place that involves the use of established unit prices, and have this Work measured by an independent survey. C. See Instructions to Bidders for items for unit prices. 2A. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION I. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: Related documents: See drawings and Division 1 for demolition related work. A. All Work in this section only covers the selective removal and subsequent off site disposal of items not contaminated with asbestos, as indicated on drawings and as required to accommodate new construction. B. G.C. shall coordinate all phases of demolition for the project and notify Owner or Architect of any discrepancies or conflicting conditions which would interfere with the satisfactory completion of work, prior to start of demolition. C. Salvage items listed in drawings and/or requested by Owner and Landlord. Obtain salvage list prior to commencing demolition. D. Review drawings for specific items to remain prior to commencing with demolition. E. G.C. to patch all scar joints as required on existing to remain construction. Repair excessive demolition on all surfaces to "Like New" conditions. II. SUBMITTALS: A. Comply with "Submittals" section of the General Requirements for sample sizes, quantities and procedures unless otherwise noted. B. Submit schedule indicating proposed sequence of operations for selective demolition work to Landlord, Owner and Architect for review prior to start of walk. Include coordination for shutdown, capping, and continuation of utility services as required, together with details for dust and noise control protection. C. Photograph existing conditions that might be misconstrued as damaged related to removal operations. File with Landlord, Owner and Architect prior to start of work. D. Submit list of salvaged items (if any) to Owner and Landlord prior to the start of any work. III. JOB CONDITIONS: A. Follow landlord regulations pertaining to demolition and removal operations. B. Comply with General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions and General Requirements. C. All operations shall be limited to the service entrances. Coordinate the use of building elevators and service corridors with Landlord Management. D. Do not use cutting torches for removal. E. Protect and seal all window ventilators during demolition. F. If asbestos is encountered during demolition operations, inform Owner and Landlord immediately. IV. DISPOSAL: A. Dispose of all demolished materials off site and in accordance with applicable codes and regulations having jurisdiction, including Landlord regulations. B. Keep noise, smell or dust producing operations to the minimum (schedule work of such nature with Landlord management). C. Protect all existing to remain items. Protect existing structure to remain. Do not cut, damage or compromise existing D. E. structure in any way. Where slab cuts are required or called for in the drawings, provide temporary shoring as required. Save and protect utilities that are serving the Landlord or other Tenants. See Section IC for addtional requirements. 3A. CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE I. GENERAL REQUIREMFNTS: A. Contractor shall verify all existing conditions in the field and repoit any discrepancies between the design drawings and the actual field conditions to the Architect immediately. Any condition which may interfere with the proper execution of the new work shall also be reported to the Architect immediately. B. All structural work shown in plan is for pricing only. G.C. is responsible for contracting a licensed Engineer, at G.C. expense, approved by the Landlord to design any structural supports. Nierifying all existing dimensions and conditions in the field. C. G.C. is responsible for coordinating all sizes and locations of structural openings with specified mechanical equipment and providing structural elements as required D. See Division 1C for general requirements of the cutting and patching of structural slab and roofing work. E. See Division 7A for fireproofing specifications and requirements. F. See Demolition Plan and any structural drawings, if provided. ° H. SUBMI l'IALS: A. Comply with "Submittals" section of the General Requirements for sample sizes, quantities and procedures unless otherwise noted. III. MATERIALS: A. BEARING SOIL: 1. All new footings to bear on undisturbed soil having a minimum bearing capacity of(2) tons per square foot (Unified Soil Classification 7-65 and 8-65.) B. CONCRE 1E: 1. All foundation concrete and exposed concrete to be stone concrete having a minimum compressive strength of 2,500 PSI. at 28 days test. 2. All super structure concrete to be lightweight concrete having a minimum compressive strength of 3,000 PSI. at 28 days test. 3. All concrete work shall be done under strict supervision of an agency approved by the Landlord. Inspection shall determine compliance with the appropriate sections of the Local Building Code and the .American Concrete Institute Building Code and of the American Concrete Institute Building Code (ACI 318-77) covering forms, reinforcement, concrete, concrete placement procedure, and removal of forms. 4. All concrete which will be exposed to the weather shall contain entrained air as recommended by the American Concrete Institute (ACI 613). C. REINFORCING STEEL: 1. Reinforcing bars to be new billet stock, deformed type, conforming to the standard specifications of A.S.T.M. 615, grade 40 steel and placed in accordance with C.R.S.L. -77 standard specification. 2. Welded wire mesh to be in accordance with A.S.T.M. A -185-73T specifications. Concrete protection of reinforcing steel shall conform to section 7.7 of the A.C.I. code (ACI 318-77). 3. Continuous reinforcement shall be spliced in compliance with Chapter 12 of the A.C.I. code. IV: CONTROLLED INSPECTIONS: A. G.C. is responsible for contracting a qualified engineer for the following items of controlled inspections: 1. Bearing soil for new footings. 2. Welding and high strength bolts. 3. Concrete. B. Reports showing results of all cylinder tests to be filed at intervals not exceeding 10 days while placing concrete. File a final report of all concrete placed. Each load of concrete placed shall be certified as to the concrete strength and actual quantities per cubic yard of each material, including water, therein. A copy of such certificate to be available to the local building department during the progress of work and for a period of two years thereafter. C. All controlled inspections called for in items A 1, 2, & 3 above shall be done under the strict supervision of an inspection agency. 3B. SELF -LEVELING CONCRETE FLOORING - ARDEX NOT USED SA. STRUCTURAL STEEL & MISCELLANEOUS METAL MATERIALS I. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: A. Scope of work under this section: Provide all miscellaneous channels, structural framing, metal grounds, fastening as required to complete the project. .Supply as required by code and per industry standards. Fabrication and installation of all structural steel And miscellaneous metal work including but not limited to the following: 1. Structural and Miscellaneous steel. See Structural drawings, if provided. .2. Modification of existing structure as shown and as required. 3. All fasteners as required to install all fixtures, plastic laminate/melamine shelving standards, metal shelving, etc., per code and for safety. - 4. All independent testing, verification, etc. required by code. 5. All metal supports for fixtures provided by isti.W.C. B. General 1. Refer to the structural drawings (if provided) and specifications for additional information. In case of conflict, the more stringent shall apply. 2. All work shall be fabricated and installed by a single company. 3. Fabricator shall coordinate with the G.C. and verify all field conditions and dimensions prior to the submission of shop drawings. 4. All work shall comply with governing codes and applicable sections of reference standards. 5. Refer to architectural drawings for fixture locations requiring metal supports. 6. Verify metal supports locations with M.W.C. C. Reference Standards: I. American Institute of Steel Construction- (AISC) 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 3. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 4. American Welding Society (AWS) H. SUBMITTALS: A. Submittals must be received by the Architect at least seven days before the fabricator needs them returned. - B. Submit two of each sample in addition to those which the fabricator wants returned. . C. Submit complete shop drawings showing details of construction, gauges of material, jointing, fasteners, supports, field connections, locations and size of welds and attachments to adjoining construction. Verify dimensions on site prior to submission, D. Submit samples of each type of material and fastener to be used in the project, finished as specified. 1H. MATERIALS: A. General: 1. Whether or not shown on the drawings, provide all fasteners, clip angles, welds, shims, supports, braces, stiffeners, additional support plates and other appurtenances required to complete the work as shown in a consistent and structurally sound manner. 2. All components shall have slightly eased comers. Cut edges and mill edges shall be ground smooth and uniform. All surfaces shall be free of rust, scale, tool marks, burrs, nicks, proprietary or country -of origin marks, U.O.N. on drawings. IV. FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION: A. General: 1. Surface preparation: Prior to shipping, thoroughly clean all surfaces. Remove all scaling, oil residue, fingerprints, etc. Clean with a wire brush to remove any scaling and then clean with a solvent -based cleaner. 2. Erect work square and level, and free from distortion or defects detrimental to appearance or performance. No members shall be distorted by welding or other fabrication techniques. 3. Provide cut-outs as required to accommodate hardware, pipes, conduit, electrical boxes, etc. Piping and wiring shall be assumed to run through the web of exposed beams. 4. Shop -fabricate assemblies as large as practical to minimize field connections. 5. Prior to shipment of components to the site, remove all weld marks, scale and other blemishes. 6. Welds shall be continuous where noted and in similar conditions. Welds shall be ground flush and/or smooth where noted and in similar conditions. All welds shall be neat and consistent, with slag and burrs removed. 7. Joints between tubes shall be continuously welded to fill the joint, ground flush and polished to match the adjoining surface. 8. No exposed fasteners shall be permitted unless specifically shown on the Drawings. 9. Remove burrs from all work. Ease all exposed sharp edges and corners. 10. Close exposed ends of tubes by use of appropriate end cap, grind smooth and polished with no visible seams. 11. For work anchored in concrete, furnish matching sleeves or inserts. 12. Verify dimensions on site prior to shop fabrication. 13. All dissimilar metals shall be protected from contact to each other by application of paint or clear sealant. 14. Obtain all appropriate work permits for any welding work done at site. 15. The G.C. shall be responsible for hiring, coordinating and expenses related to a structural engineer required to perform all inspections for code enforcement and local regulations. 513. STEEL FINISHES I. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: A. All metal shall be shop primed, U.O.N. B. See drawings and Finish legend for finishes of other metals, typ. II. SUBMITTALS: A. Submit sample of blackened steel finish to architect and owner for approval. IH. MATERIALS & FABRICATION: A. Blackened steel finish: is clean with an acetone solution, rinse with water, neutralize with baking soda & water solution, rinse with water again, and dry. Once dried, apply the "bluing" agent for 2 to 10 minutes, wipe off excess, rinse with water and dry. Use latex / rubber gloves to prevent fingerprints from showing up on the metal. Once dried, _ apply clear matte spray finish. B. "Bluing" agent: "Presto Black Gel" by Birchwood Casey. 6B. ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK I. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: A. All woodwork and wood products shall comply with the requirements of the Architectural Woodwork Institute (4 WI) "Quality Standards," latest edition. Grade shall be "Premium". Where the Drawings or Specifications conflict with these standards, the more stringent shall apply. B. All Work shall have a one-year guarantee. Guarantees shall be against warping, delamination, opening of joints, and other defects in materials, construction, and workmanship, and shall be in effect from date of substantial completion. MWC shall repair or replace all defective work during this period. C. Provide blocking, framing, shimming, etc. as shown and required for all work of this section, except blocking concealed inside walls and above ceilings, which will be provided by the G.C. in accordance with H -B below. All -blocking, framing and shimming shall be of fire -retardant -treated lumber or plywood. H. SUBMITTALS: Comply with "Submittals" section of the General Requirements for sample sizes, quantities and procedures unless otherwise noted. A. Shop Drawings: Submit fully coordinated Shop Drawings for all Work showing wood, metal and glass components integrated on the same drawings. Provide fully dimensioned plans and elevations at 1 1/2" = 1 '-0" (min.), sections at 3" = 1 '-0" (min.), and details at 1/2 full sin (min.). Show attachment devices, welds and hardware. Distinguish between shop joints and knockdown joints. B. Blocking Drawings: Submit directly to the G.C. drawings as required to fully describe and locate all blocking and grounds inside gypsum board walls and above ceilings necessary to install the work of this section. Such blocking shall be furnished and installed by the G.C. rkny required blocking not shown on the blocking drawing will become the responsibility of the M.W.C. Submit set of reproducible simultaneously to Architect and Owner C. Submit samples of each type of wood with each type of finish. Samples shall be cut from the actual batch of boards proposed for use. Provide a 3/4" thick edge band on one edge of each sample. Submit samples bracketing specified finishes to expedite review process. D. Submit samples of each type of exposed hardware and fastener to be used on the project. E Submit manufacturer's certification of specified flame -spread rating for panel products. -111. MATERIALS: A. Wood Moisture Content: Provide kiln -dried (K13) lumber with a moisture content range of 5% to 10%. Maintain temperature and relative humidity during fabrication, storage and finishing, operation so that moisture content values for woodwork at time of installation do not exceed 10%. B. All framing and blocking materials shall be pressure fire -treated as required by code. C. All panel products shall have a Class III (or C) flame spread rating unless local jurisdiction requires higher rating. MWC & G.C. to verify with local officials prior to submit samples for review & prior to fabrication. D. Wood, Panels & Trim 1. All architectural woodwork indicated as "‘AD -1" & "WW -1" shall be white oak. 2. All architectural woodwork indicated as "L-1" shall be opaque lacquer, color as indicated on finish schedule. 3. Use solid wood where shown (graphically or otherwise), where conditions are similar to those shown, and as specified herein. Any panel edges exposed to view shall be edge -banded with a minimum of 1/4" thick solid stock unless otherwise shown. Substitutes for solid wood will be rejected. 4. All baseboard, stile and rail components shall be solid stock. E. Where "painted wood" is indicated on the Drawings it shall be hardwood for painted finish. Comply with A.W.I. quality standards for selection of species, grade and cut. No grain or defects shall be visible through the. painted finish. Where "painted MDF" is indicated, it shall be 55-1b. medium -density fiberboard. E Mirror glass shall be Type I, Class 1, Quality Q2 distortion -free, polished plate glass with mitered edges, in thicknesses shown on the Drawings conforming to Federal Specification DD -G-451, full silvering, copper coating and protective organic coating. If no thickness is shown, provide 1/4" material. See finish schedule. G. Plastic laminate: Grade I, ,050" thick. See Finish Schedule, Sheet A-8.0. IL Hardware (General): Contractor shall include all specific hardware, display hardware and accessory items required for architectural woodwork whether or not they are shown on the Drawings or specified herein. Contractor shall provide a complete job, with all necessary items of cabinet hardware to suit the conditions of the Work. 1. Drawer slides: Accw.ide, full -extension, 100 lb. capacity, steel ball-bearing type. For drawers 36" or wider, use Accuride No. C4437 175-1b. full extension. 2. Undercarriage drawer slides: Accuride No. 3640 full extension, 75 lb. capacity, steel ball-bearing type. 3. Cabinet door and access door hinges: 170 -degree opening, self-closing, adjustable, concealed type equal to Grass America. Size, type and quantity as required for configuration, size and weight of door. 4. Magnetic catches: Epco #602, quantity as required to hold door. 5. Sass (concealed) hinges: Size and quantity as recommended by the manufacturer for door size and weight. 6. Grommets for shelf pins: Custom -machined flangeless steel hole -liners (sleeves) for 5mm pins. Set flush. 7. Shelf pins: Hafele 282.04.711 nickel -plated. 8. Levelers: Haefele or Outwater, heavy-duty. 9. Touch latches: Ives No. 821. I. Back of House Hardware: 1. Peg board: 1/4" thick with 1/4" diameter holes located at 1" O.C. (8'-0"H x 4'-01W x l'-6" All). Hooks: (30) Stanley #8366-5 5" long double hooks, (30) 8365-4 4" long straight hooks and (30) 8365-8 8" long straight hooks. 2. Standards and brackets: Stockroom, Office, Toilet Rooms and closets, etc.: Econoco-Imperial line or equal heavy duty shelf brackets with shelf rest and heavy duty standards. 3. Plastic grommets in Office Counters: Outwater (white) or equal. IV. FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION: A. All sales floor architectural woodwork shall be fabricated by owner's vendor and installed by G.C.. D. All other architectural wood work shall be provided by G.C.. C Provide all blocking, doweling, dovetailing, joinery and fasteners required for a first-class product whether or not - such items are shown on the Drawings. D. Grain on panels shall run vertically unless otherwise indicated. Grain on trim,baseshelves, tops, etc. Shall run the long direction unless otherwise indicated. E. Solid wood components shall be one piece full -height or full-length unless joints are specifically shown on the AdjacentDrawings. F. panels shall be sequenced unless otherwise noted. G. Adjacent members shall have matching grain, colorandcharacter.- . H. Millwork shall be shop -Assembled to the greatest extent possible. Field cuts and joints, where permitted, shall be kept to an absolute minimum. Field joints shall be indistinguishable from shop joints. I. No fasteners or filled nail holes shall be visible unless specifically noted on the Drawings. J. Shop Finishing: . 1. All architectural woodwork shall be shop finished, unless otherwise noted. Defer only final touch-up and • cleaning until after. delivery and installation. 2. Preparations .for Finishing: Comply with A.W.I. Quality Standards, Premium Grade, Section 1500, for sanding, back -priming and similar preparations for finishing of architectural woodwork, as applicable: 3. WD -1 and WW- white oaks with white WOCA oil finish. See wood flooring .section 9E for WOCA oil 4. La to- copaque lacquer with semi -gloss transparent finish. 5. Trim shall be shop finished. 6. Work indicated on the Responsibility Schedule to be shop painted shall be shop sprayed in accordance. with the Painting Section. All other painted MW shall be shop -primed in accordance with the Painting Section. 7. Painted NIDE shall have all joints and fastener holes filled with Bond° and sanded smooth. The finished installation shall have a uniform and monolithic appearance. K. Installation of Work: 1. Do not install Work until required temperature and relative humidity have been stabilized and will be maintained in installation areas. Notify the Architect if conditions are unsatisfactory. • 2. Install all Work in accordance with A.W1, Premium Grade Standards. 3. Install all Work plumb, level, true, aligned, rigid and straight with tight joints and no distortions. Shim as required using concealed shims. 4. Standing and Running Trim: Install with minimum number ofjointspossible, using full-length pieces (from maximum length of lumber available) to the greatest extent possible. Unless otherwise shown, stagger joints in adjacent and related members. Unless otherwise shown, miter at inside and outside corners, miter and return at terminations and comply with AM.'. Quality Standards for joinery. 5. Fill all gaps between .sheetrock and base, casing, trim, etc. .with a paintable caulk. 6. Fill and sand all nail and fastener holes. 7. Grommets shall be installed in the shop. Grommets shall align perfectly from one case to the next and between new and existing cases. 8.. Install display hardware and shelves as directed by the Owner. L. Plastic Laminate Work 1. All .exposed surfaces shall be finished in plastic laminate.. 2. Interior of cabinets may be Melamine, edged with plastic laminate to match. 3. Doors and drawers shall be Overlay type. 4. Non -exposed surfaces shallbecovered in a plastic laminate balancing material. 5. Core material shall be grade 1, medium density, 3/4" thick. 6. Core material for kitchenette counter shall be marine plywood core, 3/4" thick. a Underside of counters shall be laminated with brown backer. 8. All shelving shall be faced and edged with white melamine. 6C. CORIAN NOT USED 7A. FIREPROOFING L GENERAL: A. Work under this section consists of the furnishing of all labor, materials, equipment, and services necessary for, and incidental to, the complete and proper installation of all cementitious fireproofing and related work as shown on the drawings or specified herein, and as required by code. B. Conform to the applicable building code requirements of all authorities having jurisdiction. C. Clean all excess fireproofmg from other surfaces at completion of work. D. G.C. shall verify in field conditions and extent of fireproofmg and submit proposal to owner complying with "Unit Prices" in Section 1K of this Specification. Scope of work must be determined by conducting a site survey prior to submitting a Bid. E. Rating Schedule: Steel columns, beams, joists and deck: TO BUILDING/CODE STANDARD. b(34.114 b REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED AUG 2 9 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUL Z 2 2013 PERMIT CENTER SUBNITITAIS: A. Comply with "Submittals" section of the General Requirements for sample sizes, quantities and procedures unless otherwise noted. B. Submit manufacturer's instructions for proper application of c.nmentitious fireproofing for approval. C. Fire Testing: Submit evidence that the cementitious fireproofing has been subjected to full-scale ASTM E 119 fire testing at Underwriters Laboratories Inc. by the manufacturer. D. Thickness Schedule: Provide schedule indicating material to be used, building elements to be protected with spray - applied fireproofmg, hourly rating and material thickness provided and appropriate references. E. Test Data: Performance criteria by independent laboratory test results for fireproofing shall be submitted. 01141 AR 13 HIT ECT Den T,:MRc1eIl f•086, A1.4, 1720 West. $uita.260 Ai1ingtim,T3 ..10017 Ft13i7 2652415 Ft17.453 7377 OpleeRopiADfroArcliit0.9941 All rights reserved. No part of these drawings or specifications may be copied, reproduced or used in connection with any work, other than the specific project for which they have been prepared, without prior written authorization from the Architect. J.CREW Southcenter Mall 633 Southcenter Mall Space No. 676 Tukwila, WA 98188 Level: Ground Floor J.Crew No. 807 Project No. 1339 NO. DATE ISSUE 07-17-13 Issue for Permit 07-17-13 Issue for Bid 07-17-13 Issue for LL & Client Review Specifications A-0.2 7/17/13 6:39 PM NIATERIALS: A. Materials Cenaentitious Mixture as identified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. in the latest edition of the UL Fire Resistance Directory under category CHPX, Spray -Applied Fire Resistive Material. B. Fire Resistance Classification: The spray -applied fireproofing material shall have been tested and reported by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. in accordance with the procedures of ASTM E 119 and shall be listed in the Underwriters 'Laboratories Fire Resistance Directory. C. Mixing water shall be clean, fresh, and suitable consumption and free from such amounts of mineral or organic substances as would affect the set of the fireproofing material. Provide water with sufficient pressure and volume to meet the fireproofmg application schedule. D. The contractor may install vermiculite plaster fireproofing on metal lath in lieu of spray -on fireproofing. Comply with Submittal requirements under Section II above. E. Provide accessories to comply with manufacturer's recommendations and to meet fire resistance design and code requirements. Such accessories include, but are not limited to, any required bonding agents, mechanical attachments, application aids such metal lath, scrim, or netting. IV. ENSTALLATION: A. All surfaces to receive spray -applied fireproofing shall be provided free of oil, grease, paints/primers, loose mill scale, dirt, or other foreign substances which may impair proper adhesion of the fireproofmg to the substrate. Where necessary, cleaning or other corrections of surfaces to'receive fireproofing shall be the responsibility of the supplier of the incompatible substrate. B. Application of the fireproofing shall not begin until the contractor, applicator and fireproofmg testing laboratory (inspector) have examined surfaces to receive fireproofin.g and determined that the smfaces are acceptable to receive the fireproofing material. C. Prior to application of the fireproofmg material, a bonding agent, approved by the fireproofing material manufacturer shall be applied to all concrete substrates to receive fireproofing. D. Other trades shall install clips, hangers, support sleeves and other attachments required to penetrate the fireproofing, prior to application of the fireproofmg unaterial. E. Other trades shall not install ducts, piping, equipment or other suspended items until the fireproofing is complete. E Complete placing of concrete on floor and roof decking prior to application of the fireproof ing to the underside of steel deck and supporting beams and joists. G. On roof decks without a concrete cover, complete all roofing applications and roof mounted equipment installation prior to application of the fireproofing to the underside of roof decking and supporting beams and joists. Prohibit all roof traffic upon commencement of the fireproofing and until the fireproofmg material is dry. H. Protection of permanently exposed walls or floors, or special surfaces. 1. Equipment and application procedures shall conform to the material manufacturer's application instructions. J. Apply a discontinuous textured spray of in accordance with manufacturer's instructions to all cellular steel floor units with flat plate on the bottom and to roof deck assemblies as required to meet the fire resistance ratings. before application of the fireproofing to these surfaces. V. CON 1ROLED INSPECTIONS: A. G.C. to hire qualified inspector as part of contract. B. The results of the above tests shall be submitted to all parties at the completion of pre -designated areas which shall have been determined during the pre -job conference. 7B FIRESTOPPING I. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: Provide fire stopping as required by code in these areas: A. B. C. D. E. F. Through -penetration firestopping in fire -rated construction. Construction -gap firestopping at connections of the same or different materials in fire -rated construction. Construction -gap firestopping occurring within fire -rated wall, floor or floor -ceiling assemblies. Construction -gap firestopping occurring at the- top of fire -rated walls. Through -penetration smoke -stopping in smoke partitions. Construction -gap smoke -stopping in smoke partitions. H. SUBMITTALS: A. Comply with "Submittals" section of the General Requirements for sample sizes, quantities and procedures unless otherwise noted. B. Product data: Manufacturer's specifications and technical data including the following: 1. Detailed specification of construction and fabrication. 2. Manufacturer's installation instructions. C. Shop drawings: Indicate dimensions, description of materials and finishes, general construction, specific modifications, component connections, anchorage methods, hardware, and installation procedures, plus the following specific requirements: 1. Details of each proposed assembly identifying intended products and applicable UL System number, or UL classified devices. 2. Manufacturer or manufacturer's representative shall provide qualified engineering judgments and drawings relating to non-standard applications as needed. HT. MATERIALS: A. Through -Penetration Firestopping of Fire -Rated Construction: • 1. Systems or devices listed in the U.L. Fire Resistance Directory under categories XHCR and X.HEZ may be used, providing that it conforms to the construction type, penetrant type, annular space requirements and fire rating involved in each separate instance, and that the system be symmetrical for Wall applications. Systems . or devices must be asbestos -free. Mortar systems must be Warnock Hersey approved. 2. Additional requirements: Withstand the passage of cold smoke either as an inherent property of the. system, or by the use of a separate product included as a part of the U.L. system or device, and designed to perform this function. 3. Acceptable manufacturers and products: Those. listed in the U.L. Fire Resistance Directoryfor the U.L. System involved or Mortar systems approved by Warnock Hersey. - 4. All fire -stopping products must be from a single manufa.cturer. All trades shall use products from the. same manufacturer. B. Construction -Gap Firestopping Of Fire -Rated Construction: 1. Firestopping at construction gaps between edges of floor slabs and exterior wall construction. 2. Firestopping at construction gaps between tops of partitions and underside of structural systems. 3. Firestopping at construction gaps between tops of partitions and 'Underside of ceiling or ceiling assembly. 4. Firestopping of control joints in fire -rated masonry partitions. 5. Firestopping expansion joints. 6. Acceptable manufacturers and products - those listed in the U.L. Fire Resistance Directory for the U.L.System involved. C. Smoke -Stopping At Smoke Partitions: 1. Through -penetration smoke -stopping: Any System complying with the requirements for through -penetration firestopping in fire -rated construction, provided that the system includes the specified smoke seal or will provide a smoke seal. The length of time of the. fire resistance maybe disregarded. 2. Construction -gap smoke -stopping: Any system complying with the requirements for construction -gap firestopping in fire -rated construction, provided that the system includes the specified smoke seal or will provide a smoke seal. The length of time of the fire resistance may be disregarded. IV. INSTALLATION: A. Install penetration seal materials in accordance with printed instructions of the U.L. Fire Resistance Directory and in accordance with manufacturer's instruction.... B. Seal holesor voids made by penetrations to -ensure an effective smoke barrier. C. Where floor openings without penetrating items are more than four inches in width and subject to traffic or loading, install firestopping materials capable of supporting same loading as floor. D. Protect materials from damage on surfaces subject to traffic. E. EXAlvIIN_A.TION: 1. Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this Section. Correct unsatisfactory conditions and ensure substrates are secure and properly spaced. F. PREPARATION: . 1. Verify that substrate, adjacent materials are dry and ready to receive insulation. 2. Verify mechanical and electrical services within spaces to be insulated have been installed and tested G. INSTALLATION . 1. Install insulation in accordance with Contract Documents •and insulation manufacturer's instructions. 2. Install insulation in locations without gaps or voids and as indicated on drawings. 3. Trim insulation neatly to fit spaces. Use bans free of danaa.ge. 4. Extruded Polystyrene Rigid Insulation Board: a. Install over compacted sub -grade as shown On drawings. b. 'Tightly butt joints for complete and continuous thermal bather. 5. Batt insulation: a. Do not compress insulation. b. Completely fill Landlord's spaces leaving no un -insulated space and providing continuity of insulating layer. Install tightly around electrical outlets, switches, and other wall penetrations. Seal joints. c. Where Kraft paper faced batt insulation is used, install with facing in contact with final fire resistant finish material. Do not leave facing exposed or subject to heat sources. d. Do not install insulation over light fixtures Or electrical ballasts. 6. Exterior walls Thermal insulation: Faced batt insulation. Friction fit between stud framing. 7C. SEALANTS I. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: A. Provide sealants, backer rod, and primer at control joints, sills, heads, jambs of window, lintels, door frames, flashings, pavings, etcand all other joints between dissimilar materials, provkle caulking and sealants for Wea t he r and water tightness. SUBMITTALS: A. Submit two copies of manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for each type of sealant to be used. B. Submit two samples of manufacturer's color selections. III. MATERIALS: A. Interior and Exterior Glazing Joints: Dow Coming 899 Silico:ne Glazing Sealant or equal. B. Exterior Joints: Dow Corning 795 Silicone Building Sealant or equal C. Interior Joints: Name Brand paintable water-based sealant. D. Provide the type of joint cleaning compound recommended by the sealant manufacturer for the joint surfaces to be cleaned. E. Provide the type of joint primer/sealer recommended by the sealant manufacturer. F. Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape as recommended by the sealant manufacturer to be applied to sealant -contact surfaces where bond to the substrate or joint filler must be avoided for performance of sealant. Provide self-adhesive tape wherever applicable. G. Sealant Backer Rod: As recommended by sealant manufacturer. H. Joint Filler: Shall be non -extruding, resilient, and non -bituminous type conforming to ASTM D1752. IV. EXECUTION A. Clean and prepare joint surfaces immediately before installation of sealant. B. Prime or seal the joint surfaces wherever shown or recommended by the sealant manufacturer. Do not allow primer sealer to spill or migrate onto adjoining surfaces. C. Install bond breaker tape wherever shown and wherever required by manufacturer's recommendations to ensure that elastomeric sealants will perform properly. D. Do not proceed with installation of liquid sealants under adverse weather conditions. Comply with sealant manufacturer's printed instructions. E Fill sealant rabbet to a slightly concave surface, slightly below adjoining surfaces. Where horizontal joints are between a horizontal surface and a vertical surface, fill joint to form a slight cove, so that joint will not trap moisture and dirt. F. Install sealants to depths as recommended by the sealant manufacturer. G. Tool and neatly finish all joints. FL Clean adjustment materials which have been soiled. L Cure and Protection: Cure sealants and caulking compounds in compliance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. 7D. THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION PART I: BUTT DING INSULATION: L GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: A. SUMMARY: 1. Provide batt insulation where shown on the drawings and to maintain thermal rating of the building envelope. 2. Provide a continuous vapor retarder wherever batt insulation is installed. 3. Correct all existing insulation disturbed by construction operations. B. SUBMITTALS: 1. Product Data: Published "R" value for thicknesses of insulation, product characteristics, performance criteria, and limitations. 2. Manufacturer's instructions: Indicate installation requirements, special procedures and conditions requiring special attention. C. QUALIFICATIONS: I. Installer Sub -contractor specializing in work of this section, with minimum 3 years documented experience. II. PRODUCTS: A. BATT INSULATION: 1. Acceptable Manufacturers: Owens Corning Fiberglass Corp. "Flamespread 25" or equivalent 2. Walls - Kraft and Foil Faced Batt Insulation: B. ASTM C 665, Type IL Class C C. Surface Burning Characteristics: ASTM E 84, Flamespread iMax.25, Smoke Developed Max. 450. D. Combustion Characteristics: Passes ASTM 136, Non-combustible. E. Vapor retarder Penn Rating: Maximum .10, ASTM E 96. F. EXTRUDED POLYSTYRENE INSULATION: 1. Acceptable Products: Plazamate by DOW Chemical Co. or equivalent. 2. Thermal Resistance: 5.0 per inch aged R -value at 70T or 75T, ASTM C 518. 3. Compressive strength: 40 psi, ASTM D 1621. 4. Water Absorption: Max: 0,1% by volume, ASTM C 272. Water Vapor Penneance: 0.8 perms, ASTM E 96. 5. Fire Rating: UL. Class A, tested ASTM E 84. Flame spread 5, Smoke Developed 165. G. ACCESSORIES: 1. Sealing Tape: Ideal, No. 375 or equivalent. 2. Insulation Hangers (Stick pins): Galvanized steel, hexagonal wire mesh, vinyl scrim faces stick pins or approved. 3. Insulation Holder Assembly: T -foil, UL tested F825, Class I. 4. Nails and Staples: Electroplated steel wire of type and size to suit installation. 5. Firestopping: Provide as specified. 6. Miscellaneous: Accessory materials, methods, fasteners, adhesives, tools, and equipment required for completion of work. 7. Vapor retarder Provide vapor retarder conforming to ASTM D 4397, 6 mils (0.15 ram) thick, with maximum perrneance rating of 0.13 perm. EXECUTION: A. EXAMINATION: 1. Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this Section. Correct unsatisfactory conditions and ensure substrates are secure and properly spaced. B. PREPARATION: L Verify that substrate, adjacent materials are dry and ready to receive insulation. 2. Verify mechanical and electrical services within spaces to be insulated have been installed and tested. C. LNSTAT I ATION 1. Install insulation in accordance with Contract Documents and insulation manufacturer's instructions. - .2. Install insulation in locations without gaps or voids and as indicated on drawings.. 3. Trim insulation neatly to fit spaces. Use balls free of damage. 4. Extruded Polystyrene Rigid Insulation Board: a. Install over compacted sub -grade as shown on drawings. b. Tightly butt joints for complete and continuous thermal barrier. 5. Batt insulation: a. • Do not compress insulation. b. Completely fill small spaces leaving no uninsulated space and providing continuity of insulating layer. • Install tightly around electrical outlets, switches, and other wall penetrations. Seal joints. c. Where Kraft paper faced ban insulation is used, install with facing in contact with final fire resistant finish material. Do not leave facing exposed or subject to heat sources. d. Do not install insulation over light fixtures or electrical ballasts. 6. Exterior walls - Thermal insulation: Faced batt insulation. Friction fit between stud framing. PART H: WEATHER RESIS I IVE BARRIER . I. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: A. SUMMARY: 1. Provide a weather restrictive bather over all sheathing prior to installation of exterior finishes and trim. 2. Provide membrane waterproofing at the storefront curb and entry area. B. SUBMITT_ALS: 1. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's literature for each type of element in the weather resistive barrier system, accessory components, flashing materials, related sealants and fastening systems. Submit installation instructions for each product specified. 2. Samples: Submit manufacturer's published data referencing test ports and performance specifications confirming compliance. 3. Test reports: Independent testing agency reports indicating materials meet requirements of referenced standards and quantities specified. C. PROJECT CONDITIONS: 1. Apply waterproofing within range of ambient and substrate temperatures recommended by waterproofing manufacturer. DO not apply waterproofing to a damp or wet substrate. IL PRODUCTS: A. WEATHER RESTRICTIVE BARRIER - BUILDING RAPER: • 1. Grade "D" breather type, two layers of 60 minute asphalt saturated Kraft paper. Vapor transmission Rating shall be a minimum of 35 grams as tested in compliance with ASTM E 96, Procedure A. Water resistance (indicated in minutes) shall be tested in compliance with ASTM D. 779. B. FLEXIBLE MEMBRANE FLASHING: . 1. Membrane flashing: 40 mil (1.0nun) peel and stick, self adhered membrane of SBS rubberized asphalt integrally laminated to a cross -laminated polyethylene film. 2. Primer: Aquaprime by Henry Bakor or equivalent 3. Approved Products: Blueskin SA by Henry Bakor or equivalent. 4. Approved Product for Parapet Cap Flashings: Blueskin HT by Henry Bakor or equivalent. . C. BUTYL SEALANTS: 1. Butyl Sealant: Non -skinning butyl sealant: Pecora BA -98, manufactured by the Pecora Corporation or • equivalent.. 2. Butyl Tape: Double sided butyl tape, Minimum i060" thick, a minimum of 1" wide: Pliobond "Seam Tape", manufactured by Ashland Chemical Company or equivalent. D. ACCESSORIES: . 1. Primer, sheet flashings, liquid membrane, patching membrane, and liquid mastics recommended by • waterproofing manufacturer for intended. use and compatible with waterproofing sheet membrane. 2. Provide liquid -type auxiliary materials that meet volatile organic compound (VOC) limits of authorities having jurisdiction. . III. EXECUTION: A. PREPARATION: 1. Coordinate as required with other trades to assure proper and adequate provision in the work of those trades for interface with the work of this section. 2. Clean, prepare and treat substrate according to manufacturer's written instructions. Provide clean, dust -free and dry substrate for waterproofing application 3. Prepare, treat, rout and fill joints and cracks in substrate. 4. Prepare, prime and treat inside and outside corners, terminations, penetrations, drains and protrusions according to waterproofing manufacturer's written instructions. B. INSTAI J .A.TION - MEMBRANE FLASHLNG: I. Install self -adhering composite sheet according to manufacturer's written instructions, including the use of primer and recommended accessories, methods and details for a complete waterproof system. 2. Apply manufacturer's recommended primer to substrate in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. Apply at required rate and allow to dry. 3. Apply and firmly self -adhere sheet membrane with hand roller over area to receive waterproof and over fishmouths ad blisters. . 4. Accurately align sheets and maintain uniform lap widths, end laps and stagger laps per manufacturer's recommendations to ensure watertight installation. 5. Re -prime surfaces where membrane is not attached on same day as primer. 6. Where ambient and substrate temperatures exceed 40°F, install manufacturer's standard rubberized -asphalt composite sheet. 7. Where ambient and substrate temperatures range between 25-40°F, install manufacturer's standard, low- temperature, rubberized -asphalt composite sheet 8. Repair: a. In waterproofing not meeting requirements, repair tears, voids and lapped seams. b. Slit and flatten fishmouths and blisters. c. Patch with sheet membrane extending 6" beyond repaired areas in all directions. C. LNSTA.LLATION - BUILDL'nIG PAPER: 1. Install two layers of building paper. 2. Attach building paper to exterior sheathing with slater's head or plastic capped corrosion resistant nails or corrosion resistant staples with minimum 1" crown. Install sufficient fasteners to secure the building paper to the wall and resist a limited period of wind forces prior to the application of the exterior wall covering. Building paper shall be free from holes and breaks other than those created by fasteners. 4. Apply building paper horizontally, with the upper layer lapped over the lower layer not less than 50% of the roll width to provide double thickness. Lap vertical joints 12" minimum 5. Stagger laps between layers of building paper. Flash wall penetrations with specified membrane flashing materials providing a water shedding system. 6. Repair tears, punctures and openings formed after installation with manufacturer supplied or approved tape. Apply shingle fashion to shed water. PART HI: SHEEI METAL FLASHING AND I RIM I. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: A. SUMMARY: 1. Provide 24 gauge minimum galvanized sheet metal flashing for all exposed applications. 2. All joints in flashings shall be soldered 3 ll flashings shall be brake formed to profiles shown. 4. All exposed flashing is to be painted as specified in Section 9F. B. SUBMITTALS: 1. Product Data: Catalog cuts and installation instructions for manufactured products. 2. Samples: Provide color samples of sheet metal, approximately 3" by 5" illustrating approved cobarn and finishes. C. WARRANTY: 1. Furnish guarantee from the installer of each system that metal flashings will properly shed water to the roof or to the building exterior, under all weather conditions, for a minimum period of two years from the date of project acceptance. Include provision that leaks due to failure of flashing materials, and due to improper installation will be promptly repaired at no expense to the Owner, and that watertightness of the repair will be demonstrated to the Owner. is. H. PRODUCTS: A. MATERIALS: 1. Sheet metal base and counter flashing: Zinc -coated steel, ASTM A 526 hot -dip galvanized, 26 gage (.0179 inch). Color as selected by Architect. 2. Exposed flashing: Zinc -coated steel, ASTM 526 hot -dip galvanized, 24 gage (.0239 inch). Color as selected by Architect. 3. Concealed flashings: Stainless steel ASTM 24 gage. B. ACCESSORIES: 1. Flexible membrane flashing: Provide membrane flashing as specified. 2. Reglets and counter flashing: Fry Reglet, Spiinglok, 24 gauge galvanized steel with standard zinc finish. a. Type: Systems as suitable for watertight installations. b. Include fitted and sealed end conditions, and factory inside and outside mitered and sealed corners. C. Fastenings: Provide 300 series stainless steel or zinc coated steel. 1. Screw and Mail Type Fasteners: Same metal as flashing/sheet metal or other non -corrosive metal as recommended by sheet manufacturer. Match finish of exposed heads with material being fastened a. Gasketed fasteners: #10 x 1 1/2 stainless steel hex head screws with separate neoprene gasketed stainless steel washers. 2. Solder (as applicable): Best commercial quality, type best suited to material to be soldered. Conform to ASTM B 32. 3. Plastic cement: ASTM D 4586, Type I. 4. Electrolytic Protection (as applicable): Bituminous paint, American Tar Company's "No. 2221", Farwes -Vitamic" or approved equivalent. 5. Miscellaneous: Incidental and accessory materials, methods, tools and equipment to complete work of this Section. 6. Mastic SealantL Polyisobutylene, non -hardening, non -skinning, non-drying, non -migrating sealant. 7. Bituminous Roofing Cement: ASTM D 2822, Type I. 8. Paper Slip Sheet: 5 -pound rosin sized building paper. III. EXECUTION: A. EXAMINATION: 1. Verify conditions ready to -receive work of this Section with Installer present. Correct unsatisfactory conditions. Do no work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of existing conditions. B. PREPARATION: I. Install starter and edge strips, and continuous cleats before starting installation. 2. Install flexible flashing in locations indicated, and under copings and curb flashings to provide watertight installation prior to sheet metal flashing installation. 3. Electrolytic Protection: Prevent galvanic action where dissimilar metals are in galvanic range of each Other. Provide bituminous protective backing, 2 coats of bituminous paint, or other isolation methods. C. INSTALLATION - GENERAL: 1. Install in accordance with Contract Documents, reviewed Shop Drawings and SMACNA recommendations and as required for watertight installations. Where in conflict, follow more stringent requirements. 2. Execute work by skilled mechanics according to best methods. known to trade. 3. Allow for proper expansion and contraction and to prevent distortion and "oil -canning", surfaces free from waves and buckles. - 4. End Laps and Side Laps: Minh:num 6" overlap and as required to make watertight. 5. Use concealed fasteners, except as specifically indicated or approved. . 6. Slope copings and other installatinnsto have positive -drainage. - 7. Sealant: Install as required to make weather -tight Provide minimum three beads of sealant across lap joints. 8. Surface mounted Reidets: Install true to lines and levels, seal top of reglets with silicone sealant. • 9. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for installation of surface mounted reglets. D. FASTENING: - 1. Secure flashings using continuous cleats wherever possible. Use exposed fasteners only at locations not exposed to public view, where approved by Architect. Seal exposed fasteners with neoprene washers. 2. Fit flashings tight in place. Make corners square, surfaces true and straight in planes, and lines accurate to profiles. 3. Insert counter flashings into receivers to form. tight fit, where snap fit is not provided, secure in place with stainless steel sheet metal screws, 16"o.c., maximum 4. Insert flashings into -reglets to foult tight fit, secure in place. E. JOINTS: L. Neatly form and finish joints and seams. Make lines, moldings, and edges shaip and true. Reinforce as required for stiffness. . 2. Install flashings with provision for ±1/16" thenual movement at each end, provide expansion joints at 12'- 0"o.c., maximum. . 3. Seal concealed lap joints with three parallel beads of butyl sealant, use butyl sealant where bedding sealant is indicated or required. F. FIELD QUAT JTY CONTROL: 1. 'Upon request of Architect, demonstrate that installation is completely watertight by hosing with water as directed. G. ADJUSTING AND PROTECTION: I. Make adjustments to make installations plumb and true to line. 2. . Repair installations as .required to make watertight. 3. Touch up finishes to match adjacent surfaces where scratched or marred. 8A. DOORS AND HARDWARE I. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: A. Wood doors shall comply with all requirements of A.W.I. Quality Standards (Premium Grade), style & rail doors Section 1400, with all wood types, standards, finishes and requirements of the Architectural Woodwork specification. B. Hollow metal doors and frames shall comply with all requirements of Grade III of the Steel Door Institute. Exterior wood doors must be manufactured by a firm specializing in fabricating style and rail exterior doors. C. Where rated doors are indicated, provide doors with the appropriate labels. D. Refer to the Responsibility Schedule above for division of door and hardware work between the G.C. and MWC. II. SUBMITTALS: Comply with "Submittals" section of the General Requirements for sample sizes, quantities and procedures unless otherwise noted. - A. Submit Shop Drawings for all wood doors. B. Submit complete hardware schedule immediately upon award of Contract to avoid lead-time problems. C. Submit shop drawings for custom pulls on entrance doors. MATERIALS: A. See Door Schedule for door types. B. Wood doors shall be fabricated by the fabricator of the architectural woodwork. C. Provide Best cylinders with removable cores to match the Owner's keying syste:m requirements. Provide with construction cores and keys. D. Where no hardware finish is noted on the schedule, provide oil rubbed dark bronze finish (US 10B). E. Provide metal back boxes with all strike plates. E Hardware Schedule (See Sheet A-8.0). IV. INSTALLATION: A. B. C. D. E. All hardware shall be tight, level, and shall operate smoothly and easily. Follow manufacturer's instructions for installation and adjustment. Floor pivots and strikes: Chip out existing slab as required and set flush with adjacent finished floor. Unless otherwise noted on the Drawings, door levers, pulls and push plates shall be mounted 36" on center above finished floor. Where multiple units of hardware occur on the same door, they shall be centered on one another Provide metal back -boxes to match hardware for all strikes. Where floor stops cannot be located adjacent to a partition, locate 4" from hinge jamb. 8B. GLASS STOREFRONT WITH FRAMED METAL & GLASS DOOR 1. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: A. This section includes glass hardware, installation of tempered glass and metal doors and fixed glass storefront. B. Arrange for the fabrication, finishing and installation of all storefront work by a single reputable firm. If the fabricator subcontracts the finishing and/or installation, he must provide a full-time representative to direct the work. The glass door manufacturer and installer shall be engaged in the heavy tempered glass door manufacturing and installation industry for at least five (5) years. C. Protect the door and glazing materials during delivery, storage and handling to comply with manufacturers' directions and as required to prevent damage to the glass and hardware. D. Safety Glazing Standard: 1/2" or 314" tempered glass must meet standards specified in ANSI Z97.1 CPSC 16 CFR 1201, ASTM C 1036, and ASTM C 1048. See Finish Schedule for glass thicknesses. E. Manufacturer's Special Project Warranty on glass doors: Provide written warranty signed by the fabricator of the glass doors and glass door systems agreeing to furnish within a five (5) year warranty period replacements for those doors that develop manufacturing defects. Manufacturing defects are defined as any defect materially obstructing vision through the glass, and any mechanical failure of hardware which prevents the proper operation of the doors and appropriate installation F. Refer to Miscellaneous Metals section for related materials and information. H. SUI3ME IALS: COMPLY WITH SUBMITTALS SECTION FOR GENERAL REQUIREMENTS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. A. Submit fully dimensioned shop drawings for all work of this section. Shop drawings shall clearly depict and distinguish between shop and field connections. Shop drawings shall show the details of layout and installation Show gauges, clip angles, fasteners, and welds. Submit cut sheets for all hardware. B. Submit samples of all finishes applied to metal. All finishes shall be shop applied. C. Submit samples of all glass to be used at storefront. D. Resubmit above samples until approved by the Architect. III. MATERIALS: A. Storefront glass doors and hardware shall be as specified on the Door and Hardware schedule. Hardware shall comply with tempered glazing safety glazing standards. See section 8C Glass and Glazing and Finish Legend for specifications. See elevations for additional information B. Provide integrated lock with round cylinder.. See Hardware Schedule for specification. C. Metal and glass storefront shall be glazing channel at top and at bottom as indicated on the storefront drawings and details. D. Safety Glazing Standard for Glass and Metal Doors and for Glass and Metal Storefront: Provide fully tempered glass, Kind FI, which complies with ASTM C 1036 and AS I'M C 1048 requirements, including those indicated by reference to type, class, quality. See Finish Legend for additional information. E Sizes: Fabricate glass to size required for openings indicated, with edge clearances and tolerances complying with recommendations of glass and hardware manufacturer Provide glass types and thickness as 'indicated on drawings. F. Hardware is as specified on the Hardware Schedule and as specified on the Drawings.. IV. FABRICATION & INSTALLATION: A. All holes, notches, etc. shall be drilled or cut in the glass prior to tempering. B. Inspection Door, Metal Storefront and Channel Glass installer to inspect work of framing erector for compliance with manufacturing and installation tolerance, including those for size, plumb and squareness. Whenever possible, take field measurements prior to approving shop drawings to ensure proper fitting of the storefront systems. Examine top support, and anchorages for structural adequacy. Report any conditions that may ads ersdy affect the installation or performance of the storefront systems to the Owner and Architect. C. Installation: Comply with printed installation instructions of storefront system(s) manufacturer. Adjust the hardware and lock strikes to obtain proper door clearances in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and shop drawings. Floor pivots shall be installed so pivots shall be flush with finish flooring. D. Protection and Cleaning: Protect glass doors, Channel Glass and storefront systems from contact with contaminating substances resulting from construction operations. If, despite such protection, contaminating substances do come in contact with glass or hardware, remove immediately by method recommended by manufacturer. Wash glass on both faces not more than 4 days prior to date scheduled for inspections intended to establish date of substantial completion in each area of project. E. Whether or not shown on the Drawings, provide all fasteners, clip angles, welds, shims, supports, braces, and other appurtenances required to complete the work as shown in a rigid and structurally sound manner. F. Fully shop finish all assemblies after fabrication. Only minor touch-up of the finish will be permitted in the field after installation. G. Fabricate storefront so that all exposed joints are hairline. Seal all such joints so that no light is visible through them. No sealant shall be visible in the finished assembly. H. Fasteners shall be equally spaced and aligned with each other as well as with the fasteners on like components. I. All exposed metal shall be factory finished. 8C GLASS AND GLAZING I. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: A. Provide glass in sizes and thicknesses shown on the Drawings. If thickness is not shown, provide the minimum thickness required for sheet size and application. It is the responsibility of the storefront vendor to size glass adequately to meet code required loads. II. SUBMITTALS: A. Comply with "Submittals" section of the General Requirements for sample sizes, quantities and procedures unless otherwise noted. B. Submit samples of all glazing materials (tape, sealant, etc.) that will be visible in the finished installation. III. MATERIALS: A. Interior storefront glass: Tempered, in thicknesses shown on the Drawings or that are the minimum required for each application, which ever is greater. B. Exterior storefront glazing and aluminum windows: Monolithic clear safety glass with plastic .060 PVB interlayer, thicknesses as required for glazing size and to meet all codes. C. Insulating glass where shown: See schedules -for information D. Mirrors: In accordance with the Architectural Woodwork Section and the Drawings. I. All glass on the Project shall have polished edges. 2. Tempering or other marks shall be visible as required by local code, and in this case only in a lower corner. No proprietary marks or tong marks shall be visible. E. Glazing tape, compounds and blocks as required and as approved by the Architect. IV. LNSTALLATION: A. Provide all shims, blocks, glazing compounds and other appurtenances required for a first-class installation in accordance with standard trade practice. B. Glazing materials shall be neatly cut back slightly below the level of the stop. C. Clean all glass and remove all labels at completion of work. 8D. ACCESS DOORS .1. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: A. Provide access doors where shown on the Drawings and where required by authorities having jurisdiction. - B. Except as shown on the Drawings, no access doors shall be installed without the written permission of the Architect. SUBMETTALS: A. Comply. with "Submittals" section of the General Requirements for sample sizes, quantities and procedures unless otherwise noted. B. Submit the size and location of each proposed access door on a reproducible print of the coordinated composite shop drawing. No access doors shall be installed until such a submittal is approved. UI. MATERIALS: A. Access doors for use in drywall ceilings shall be manufactured by Moonlight Molds, Inc. (Tel. 310 538 9142), model AP 24x24 rounded comer (or provide ACUDOR, In.c.FW5050sDW , fire rated access door if required by code). Sizes shall be as shown on the Drawings or the minimum required to allow access, whichever is smaller. IV. INSTALLATION: A. Install access doors in approved locations only. B. Install perfectly flush with adjacent surface. Tape into drywall. Keep reveal clean between door and frame. 9A. CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM I. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: A. Suspension system shall conform to all Landlord requirements, applicable codes, including seismic standards where applicable. B. All installations and materials shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's latest published recommendations. SUBMII 1ALS: A. Comply with "Submittals" section of the General Requirements for sample sizes, quantities and procedures unless otherwise noted. B. Product data from manufacturer for each type of product specified. TEL MATERIALS: A. Acoustical tile ceiling suspension system: See Finish Schedule, Sheet A-8.0 for product specifications. Framing system shall be as recommended by manufacturer. B. Drywall ceiling suspension system shall be manufactured by USG, model DGLVV` or approved equal. FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION: A. Install system in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions and with the requirements shown on Details Directly hung components shallbe suspended with galvanized steel Wire, non and tightly tied with at least 3 full turns. B. No hangers shall be attached to the metal deck. Provide compression struts and diagonal bracing as required by seismic code where applicable. 9B. GYPSUM BOARD WALLS AND CEILING I. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: A. 1)(3.z.3/4 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUL Z 2 2013 PERMIT CENTER All installations and materials shall be in accordance with the U.S. Gypsum Company's latest published recommendations. H. SUBMITTALS: A. Comply with "Submittals" section of the General Requirements for sample sizes, quantities and procedures unless otherwise noted. B. Product data from manufacturer for each type of product specified. TH. lalATERLAIiS: A. Gypsum board (GWB) shall be 5/8" thick firecode (Type X) unless otherwise indicate& with tapered edges. B. Provide water-resistant type GWB in toilet rooms and adjacent to any other wet areas. In no case shall water-resistant GWB be used on ceilings. C. Provide metal studs, furring channels, runners, and miscellaneous components of sizes and gauges as shown on the drawings, as required by job conditions and in accordance with the published recommendations of USG. . D7R4A1iCHITECT De.raiisTtlitch§11 rICA.ird3, AlA t-Ot 1.20 lAteo, ie26 Atlinatbn, TX. 76017 P.:817.265.241 FZ17:483.7377 PffiqegepIM0fintii4fitt.ppi9 All rights reserved. No part of these drawings or specifications may be copied, reproduced or used in connection with any work, other than the specific project for which they have been prepared, without prior written authorization from the Architect. J C REW Southcenter Mall 633 Southcenter Mall Space No. 676 Tukwila, WA 98188 Level: Ground Floor J.Crew No. 807 Project No. 1339 ,11 PACHITECT UL 1 S 2013 DENNIS 1. MITCHELL STATE OF WASHINGTON NO. DATE ISSUE 07-17-13 Issue for Permit 07-17-13 Issue for Bid 07-17-13 Issue for LL & Client Review EVIEWED FOR pE COMPLIANCE APPROVED AUG 2 9 2013 City of Tukwila U1LDING DIVISION Specifications A-0.3 D. Metal edge trim: USG 11200A tapable type. E. Edge Reveal: Pittcon- Softforms SIR Series (see drawings for sizes). F Corner reinforcement: 1. At selling floor and fitting area vertical outside corners use metal corner tape. 2. At other outside corners use conventional corner bead. G. Sound -attenuating blankets: USG `°Thennafnber" in thickness compatible with partition thickness, and as required if used in 1 -hour ceiling assembly. H. Wall base as indicated on drawings. I. Expansion joints: USG #093 control joint. IV. INSTALLATION: A. All joints and intersections shall be taped and spackled by the three -coat method. B. Provide metal edge trim (USG #200A) taped and spackled where shown on the Drawings, where GWB meets a dissimilar material or where a GWB edge is exposed. Provide continuous metal framing behind metal edge trim. C. In no case shall any framing members be spaced greater than 16" O.C.. No outside vertical corners on the selling floor or in fitting areas use only factory tapered sides of GWB. Use metal corner tape and spackle so that corners are square: D. Provide two layers of GWB where indicated, stagger joints and comply with all other USG recommendations for this type of installation. Provide fire ratings indicated in accordance with UL -approved assemblies. E. Provide heavy -gauge framing members where shown on the Drawings and where conditions require them. Comply with. USG's recommendations for installation of heavy -gauge members. F Pittcon moldings shall be installed in long lengths with joints aligned and tightly butted. Corners shall be tightly and accurately mitered. G. Provide expansion joints where shown on the Drawings and where required by job conditions: No joints shall be installed without the written approval of the Architect. 9D. VINYL COMPOSITION TILE (VCT), AND VINYL BASE I. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:. A. Install flooring and base in accordance with manufacturers' recommendations. II. MAI'.ERLALS: A. Tile shall be 12"x 12" x 1/8" vinyl composition floor tile as scheduled (see Sheet A-8.0). B. Base shall be 1/8" thick x 4" high coved vinyl wall base, as scheduled. Edge strips shall be tapered, 1" minimum, and shall match the base color. C. Adhesives: As recommended by the manufacturer. III. SUBMITIALS: None unless substitutions are proposed. IV. LNSTALL.ATION: A. Perform all prep work as required for a first-class installation. Remove extraneous materials andhigh spots. Use self- leveling underlayment to establish a level, smooth floor and to provide smooth transitions to other flooring materials. Finished floor under stockroom mobile shelving shall be level to within a tolerance of 1/16" inch. B. Provide vinyl base wherever VCT meets walls. C. Provide tapered edge strips at all tile terminations. 9E. WOOD FLOORING, WOOD BASE AND WOOD PANELING I. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: A. The G.C. shall schedule, coordinate and protect all wood flooring work. B. Wood flooring shall be installed and finished in accordance with the latest printed standards of the National Wood Flooring Association (NWFA) except where these standards are herein exceeded. C. Comply with all printed recommendations and instructions of the manufacturers of the supplied materials and finishes. II. SUBMITTALS: Comply with "Submittals" section of the General Requirements for sample sizes, quantities and procedures unless otherwise noted. A. Submit fully finished sample flooring panels 12" x 24" minimum Panels shall be made from the actual batch of flooring material to be installed, mounted on plywood, screened, cleaned and oiled as set forth below. Select the widest possible range of board colors and grain types so that the sample will be an accurate representation of the range of the finished installation. B. Submit complete manufacturer's literature for all screening, cleaning and oil products. C Submit moisture content test data prior to proceeding. III. MATERIALS: A. B. C. D. E. F. Flooring: First grade unfinished white oak, 5" x 3/4" T&G random lengths Wood Base: same plank as above See base details. Cleaner for floor and wood base: Bona. Wood Cleaner. See D. below for source. Finish for flooring and wood base: Bona as provided by Bona US, 2550 South Parker Rd., Suite 600, Aurora, CO 80014, Tel: 800-872-5515, Website: www.bona.com Subfloor shall be 3/4" C/D plywood. Moisture content shall be compatible with hat of the wood flooring. Provide additional layer of thickness required to retake carpet level with wood flooring. Where required by local inspector, provide Class I fire -treated C/D plywood, KDAT (kiln -dried after treatment). i.4 t 's _ e date t s a on t. f � e w't t : t_:e v 1st loo 1 G. Vapor barrier (if required by job conditions): 6 mil polyethylene sheet. IV. INSTAI T .ATION: A. Flooring shall acclimate on site for a minimum of one week prior to installation. During this period, during installation of flooring, and until the FIVAC systems are fully operational, and the conditions stabilized, the G.C. shall provide temporary heaters, dehumidifiers and other means to maintain the proper conditions so that the temperature and relative humidity match the conditions of the finished project. Prior to installation, test the flooring and sub - flooring for moisture content and submit to the Architect the results of such tests. Installation shall proceed only if the moisture content falls within the acceptable range for the locale. B. If in the opinion of the flooring contractor a vapor barrier is required, inform the Architect at the start of the job. C. Prior to starting work, flooring contractor shall infonnn the Architect of any potential obstacles to a successful installation. D. Subfloor shall be installed as required to level the floor. Maximum allowable tolerances for leveling shall be 1/2" total over the entire project. E. Install ET. plywood sub -floor per industry standards. F Blind -nail flooring with screw-type flooring nails. G. Darker -than -average boards, boards of irregular grain or character, and those likely to turn green upon finishing shall be discarded or installed only where they will be concealed by fixed millwork. H. Finishing: 1. Sand and prepare floor per industry standard. 2. Apply 1 coat of Bona DTS sealer per the product specification 3. After recommended drying time abrade with 320 grit paper. 4. Apply 1-2 coats of Bona Naturale per product specifications. 55. Comply with manufacturers' printed instructions and recommendations for all products. I. Immediately after the wood flooring is installed continuously protect it with 1/4" Masonite with taped joints over construction paper. The General Contractor shall be responsible for repairing, prior to store opening, any damage caused by the Contractor, any sub -contractor or other personnel. These repairs shall be indistinguishable from the remainder of the floor. J. Moisture report must be sent to project manager and architect prior to flooring installation. 9F. PAINTING I. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: A. Scope of Painting: New and existing surfaces including but not limited to: 1. Gypsum wall board. 2. Gypsum column covers (if any). 3. Wood surfaces where indicated as "painted". 4. Hollow metal doors and frames. 5. Any exposed existing to remain surfaces: Masonry, plaster, concrete blocks, diffusers, registers, grilles, etc. B. See the Responsibility Schedule for shop painted finished items. H. SUBMITTALS: None unless substitutions are proposed. III. MATERIALS: A. Paint specified below is by Benjamin Moore. B. Paint types: See Finish Legend on Sheet A-8.0. 1. Interior GWB walls and ceilings: 1 coat USG -1 Prime Coat, 2 coats finish paint. 2. Field painted millwork shall be primed in the shop on all surfaces. Color shall approach final finish color. Touch up primer in field and provide minimum 2 finish coats. 3. Hollow metal doors, frames and any other exposed metal: 1 coat Ironclad Retardo Rust Inhibitive Paint, 2 coats finish paint. 4. Concrete block & masonry 1 coat High Build Block Filler (206) plus 2 finish coats. W. INSTALLATION: A. All surfaces shall be prepared as recommended by the paint manufacturer, except where those standards are exceeded herein. B. Perform all filling, sanding and caulking required for a first-class job. C. Painting shall be done in a dust -free low -humidity environment comply with manufacturers recommendations for temperature and relative humidity. Each coat shall be allowed to dry completely before the next coat is applied. D. All work shall be top quality, free from drips, roller marks and brush marks, and applied evenly for complete coverage. E. When touch-up is required, the- entire surface shall be repainted to the nearest corner or break. F. Diffusers, registers and grilles shall be spray -painted semi -gloss to match ceiling color prior to installation of such items. On Omni -type diffusers, paint the collar and damper matte black and the rest of the diffuser as specified. G. On existing painted surfaces, prime coats may be omitted provided the new paint is compatible with the existing and covers completely. H. All gaps between millwork and frames and drywall shall be filled with caulk and painted after the installation of millwork. 9H. STONE I. GENTRRAL REQUIREMENTS: A. All Work of this Section shall be performed in accordance with the latest published recommendations by the Tile Council of America. II. SUBMITTALS: Comply with "Submittals" section of the General Requirements for sample sizes, quantities and procedures unless otherwise noted. A. Submit samples of grout to be used in stonework and tile work. B. Submit Shop Drawings of all stone and tile flooring and base. Ill. MATERIALS: A. Stone at storefront: As shown on Drawings. B. Provide dividing angle between stone and adjacent flooring as detailed. C. Grout: As recommended by the Tile Council. Grout color shall match material being grouted. Anything else will be rejected. D. Provide setting compounds as required and as recommended by the Tile Council. E. Sealer for Stone Floors: Grout and Tile Sealer from Tile Lab, or Owner approved substitute, matte finish. F Waterproof membrane: As recommended by the Tile Council for thin -set installations. G. Anti -fracture membrane at all locations. IV. FABRICATION AiND INSTALLATION: A. Stone slabs at vestibule shall be set to be flush with Landlord stone, see Architectural Drawings for details. Joints shall be 1/16" wide with a maximum variation of ± 1/32". Joints shall be filled flush with grout to match the stone. B. Apply sealant to stone when grout is fully dry. Apply in accordance with manufacturer's instructions to match ap-proved sample. C. Flooring at Sensormatic Alarm Equipment a walk off mat flooring: 1. Where shown on the Drawings (at entry), provide floor block out in mortar bed @ stone: Coordinate with Sensormatic for depth of antenna tile tray and tiles. 2. After installation of equipment, fill over Sensormatic antennae to height required to flush out flooring over Sensormatic with that of adjacent flooring. Fill with high strength non-metallic mortar concrete with a compressive strength of 5000 psi -FX-228 mortar mix and FX752 bonding agent by Fox Industries. No substitute for this product will be accepted. Coordinate depth of required recess and fill with Sensormatic. 9L TILE NOT USED 10A. AWNING I. GENERAL REQLTREMENTS: A. Provide custom awnings in sizes, heights and hardware shown on the Drawings. 1. It is the responsibility of the Owner Signage Vendor to file a permit for all wall and awning signs with the proper local authorities prior to the installation of any such items. 2. Comply with requirements of applicable Building Codes. II. - SUBMITTALS: A. Comply with "Submittals" section of the General Requirements for sample sizes, quantities and procedures unless otherwise noted. B. Submit samples or cut sheets of fabrics, hardware and components. C. Submit shop drawings indicating all sizes, details and anchoring methods. III. MATERIALS: A. Refer to drawings for design intent B. Metal framework and approved covering must be flame resistant in accordance to NI -PA 701 or a flame spread rating not greater than 25 when tested in accordance to ASTM E84. C. Canopies shall be attached to building facade at the inner end and supported at the outer end by no less than 2 stanchions no less than 44" O.C., with braces anchored in an approved manner, U.O.N. D. The clearance between the framework, covering or valance and the side walk shall be no less than 7'-6" (see drawings for alignment). E. All exposed hardware and metal surfaces shall be powder coated matte black. IV. LNST_ALLATION: A. Provide all blocking and other components required for a first-class installation in. accordance with standard trade practice. B. Coordinate all work with storefront windows, architectural woodwork and other trades. 10B. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND ACCESSORIES I. GENERAL: A. B. C. D. See Fire Protection Drawings when provided. UL - Listed Products: Fire extinguishers LZ - Listed and bear UL `Lasting Mark" for type, rating, and classification of extinguisher. Provide quantity as required by the Code and the Fire Marshall. Provide fire extinguishers and mounting brackets from one source and from a single manufacturer. Minimum of (2) new and tagged ABC 10113s extinguishers are required. II. SUBMITTALS: A. Comply with "Submittals" section of the General Requirements for sample sizes, quantities and procedures unless otherwise noted: B. Product data for each type of product specified. For fire extinguisher cabinets include rough - in dimensions, details showing mounting methods, relationships of box and trim to surrounding construction, door hardware, cabinet type and materials, trim style, door construction, panel style, and materials. C. Samples for verification purposes of each type of metal finish required, prepared on metal samples of same thickness and alloy indicated for final unit of Work. Where finishes -involve normal color and texture variations, include sample sets showing full range of variations expected. III. MATERIALS: A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Larse:n's Manufacturing Co. B. General: Provide semi -recessed fire extinguishers cabinet in sales and fire extinguishers an.d mounting brackets in Tenant stockroom with mounting locations indicated, which comply with requirements of governing authorities. C. Abbreviations indicated below identify extinguisher types related to UL classification and rating system and not necessarily to type and amount of extinguishing material contained in extinguisher. D. Provide oversize or reinforced brackets designed to prevent accidental dislodgment of extinguisher indicated in platted finish. COMPLIANCE NOTES. ALL WORK MUST COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE BUILDING CODES, LAWS, RULES AND REGULATIONS, ORDINANCES AND ORDERS. ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE AMERICAN DISABILITY ACT (ADAAG) I.F CONTRACTOR FINDS ANY PART OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TO SHOW INFORMATION IN CONFLICT OF ANY APPLICABLE CODE OR REGULATION, THEY ARE TO INFORM THE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY. END OF SPECIFICATIONS '6"••Zil .REVIEWED FOR ODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED AUG 992013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUL 12 2013 PERMIT CENTER DTMARCHITECT t?enrifsT;Mitshelt N 03. #A 57 1 1-20 West, $uite263 Arlin5tbn..TX 76017 R51" 2&52415 F517:463.7377 Uffieeaeply0DtrnArc@0.9c,m. • All rights reserved. No part of these drawings or specifications may be copied, reproduced or used in connection with any work, other than the specific project for which they have been prepared, without prior written authorization from the Architect. J.CREW Southcenter Mall 633 Southcenter Mall Space No. 676 Tukwila, WA 98188 Level: Ground Floor J.Crew No. 807 Project No. 1339 ED ARCHITECT JL 1 v 2013 DENNIS T. MITCHELL STATE Of WAStliNGT0l'i NO. DATE 07-17-13 07-17-13 07-17-13 ISSUE Issue for Permit Issue for Bid Issue for LL & Client Review Specifications .pin 8119/13 2:27 PM /Users!jhuang/Desktop/!1339-Sauthcenter M • H J t ::,fix%;vF�;F;c:> 5>j �sf7% bs'�>',`>`'r':: :i.. ;5y>�.>!,�r,.:?'Y. .�� a:.i.;rG "tr'is: ,ix,�r.,,;:.:,:>.,.::,:,,.:..::,,«;.::;::>>�:,i.:r:,.:.,f�,��>r:,c.:rr ::>.>�.i>�. �, ..hsr.,;�.y?s,�:g<.>.., 4- MIN, 6,004411 EM J t t w. ` .' <A,N.....N fr. El SURFACE MOUNTED FLUORESCENT EMERGENCY LIGHT ON CEILING. TYP. A. 4 P -EM L__ 042.040 '>llr fi • ( .. ......... .. .......... ...... `7 1 Y J 1.6 EM I (23 "k"'&r,.h ::.s ice` :...z>� 3,:f;w'r�::a+�".tzii��:;^.s.�.o,>,y...:;4'sPf'-0n°3-'oy�'..`.��.F.�':.'�,„�j�S.s%>..4:�*.txy ,/r.„4,20*: .. P -EM EM its EM I ft_ Yik 24i H Z. K 1 LIFE SAFETY PLAN SCALE: 1I4"=1t O RECESSED CEILING MOUNTED EXIT SIGN, TYP. 11 RECESSED TWO HEADS EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURE ON CEILING, TYP. 2012 IBC MEANS OF EGRESS ILLUMINATION 1006.1 Illumination required. The means of egress, including the exit discharge, shall be illuminated at all times the building space served by the means of egress is occupied. 1006.2 Illumination level. The means of egress illumination level shall not be less than 1 foot-candle at the walking surface. 1006.3 Illumination emergency power. The power supply for means of egress illumination shall normally be provided by the premises' electrical supply. In the event of power supply failure, an emergency electrical system shall automatically illuminate the following areas: 1. Aisles and unenclosed stairways of rooms that require two or more means of egress. 2. Corridors, exit enclosures and exit passageways... 3. Exterior egress components... 4. Interior exit discharge elements... 5. Exterior landings..for exit discharge doorways... ( 2012 IBC MEANS OF EGRESS ILLUMINATION 1006.3.1 Illumination level under emergency power. Emergency lighting facilities shall be arranged to provide initial illumination that is at least an average of 1 foot-candle and a minimum at any point of 0.1 foot-candle measured along the path of egress at floor level. Illumination levels shall be permitted to decline to 0.6 foot-candle at the end of the emergency lighting time duration. A maximum -to - minimum illumination uniformity ration of 40 to 1 shall not be exceeded. H '3 b 13 fft.3---LI REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED AUG 992013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION LEGEND TYPE 'P -EM' RECESSED CEILING MOUNTED EXIT SIGN ®x , RECESSED TWO HEADS EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURE SURFACE MTD. EMERGENCY FLUORESCENT FIXTURE X•2 X-5 ONE SIDED RECESSED CEILING MOUNTED EXIT SIGN (ONE SIDED) 2 SIDED RECESSED CEILING MOUNTED EXIT SIGN (ARROW SHOW THE DIRECTION OF EXIT) SURFACE MOUNTED EXIT SIGN (ARROW SHOW THE DIRECTION OF EXIT) RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA AU6 21 2013 PERMIT CENTER GTkI A.RC31tTE•v i DanrdsTl4cnts I4 ARB..a1R .3f 3-234'tita3. S.ilfe,2$0 Aftgtoo, TX. 7801? P:Z17.205.2415 F:3t?,t$3,r;rr C4AceRanl,,;w?3 °rd;{t>?at.min An rights reserved. No part of these drawings or specifications may be copied, reproduced or used in connection with any work other than thesp ecifie project for i haved which they been prepared, without prior written authorization from the Architect. J,CREW Southcenter Mall 535 Southcenter Space No. 676 Tukwila, WA 98188 Level: Ground Floor J.Crew No. 807 Project No. 1339 REjss'`,, TECT DENNIS T. IITOFELL STATE OF WASH 4GTOfl NO. DATE 08-16-13 08-01-13 AUG :, 2013 ISSUE Issue for DaBrs Comments Issue for DoB's Comments 1 07-29-13 07-17-13 07-17-13 Addendum #1 Issue for Permit Issue for Bid 07-17-13 Issue for LL & Client Review LS IZ 0) M Co M 1-- I` 1� 1339-Southcenter Ma LL C) O a) O 0 a) 4- C a) v 4- O Cay M C1) Cl) C3 a) O i- a) 0 a) U LU I- U a) O L _Q. a) E EXISTING RATED DEMISING WALL BY LANDLORD. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQ'D TO MAINTAIN RATING. TYP. PROVIDE F.R.T. PLYWD. BLOCKING IN WALL BEHIND MIRROR, TYP. !NEILL OPENING TO MATCH EXISTING BUILDING MATERIALS AND MAINTAIN RATING. PAINT CORRIDOR SIDE TO MATCH ADJACENT FINISHES. 21; MAINTAIN CODE REQUIRED CLEARANCE FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT 06 RESTROOM 08 RECEIVING 11 ELECTRICAL PLATFORM OVER MOPSINK — FOR WATER HEATER. MOP BASIN, SEE PLUMBING — DWG FOR SPEC. PROVIDE MARLITE PROTECTION UP TO 4'-0" HIGH, 3 SIDES. POST CODE COMPLIANT H.C. SIGNAGE FOR BOTH RESTROOM, TYP. SEE 4/A-4.1 \PROVIDE FRAMING FOR \ RECESSED BABY \ \ CHANGING \ \ STATION. SEE \ \ .2 DWG. A-4 \\ \ \ \ PROVIDE SURFACE MTh. 3/4" FTD. PLYWD. / BACKING FOR / MOUNTING PANELS 3'-0" 4'x6' PEGBOARD MTD. TO WALL @ 1'-6" AFF. SEE SPEC. FOR HARDWARE ; rrF%r, QUANTITIES AND TYPES ,.�:,., \ \ \ \ uca:fwro : .rLF:z.'.�,:f.�' / / / / / 09 KITCHENETTE 07 OFFICE i 10 BOH 24 CORNER GUARD @ ALL EXPOSED CORNERS IN BOH, TYP. MODEL: (ARDEN ARCHITECTURAL SPECIALTIES - CG - SS STAINLESS STEEL / CORNER GUARDS, / 4'-0° HIGH, 2 1/2" / WING.) SEE DETAIL 1/A-4.1 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AT OFFICE / / / / r LEVEL FLOOR TO WITHIN 1/8" / VARIATION UNDER ALL MOVABLE SHELVING TYP. @ ALL AREAS / SHOWN SHADED. . ar. ! 'fir 3: % f. % r��,S.o .:!" %f v "fi: AMINOMISMINMETEN rz X rF.F, ..::..:..r. !: •' AfSSAM rr a r� f f�{ �C Mem � f f^ L%Y f�% { 4E1M REMOVE PARTITION FOR NEW REAR EXIT VESTIBULE n►i PROVIDE STORE NAME AND NUMBER ON DOOR AS SPECIFIED BY LL PROVIDE PEEP HOLE AT CENTER OF DOOR 60" AFF MAINTAIN FIRE RATING AS REQ'D. / WATER COOLER SAW CUT SLAB AS REQ'D. FOR WASTE LINES. FILL WITH SAND. PROVIDE DOWELS INTO EXIST. SLABE 24" O.C. ALLL SIDES. PATCH SLAB TO MATCH EXIST. THICKNESS FOR BOTH RESTROOMS. REFER TO P DWG. H.C. F.R.9 l rQFY: j(FW FITTING FITTING RM. DOTTED LINES INDICATE REQ'D. DISABLED ACCESS CLEARANCE, TYP. CASH WRAP WOMEN'S SEE SHT. A-6.0 FOR CASHWRAP AND BACKWRAP DETAILS 03 MEN'S WOMEN'S PROVIDE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AS DIRECTED BY LL & FIRE DEPT. (GC TO CONTACT J.CREW STORE DESIGN DEPT. ALL LOCATIONS TO BE APPROVED BY J.CREW AND LANDLORD) TRENCH FLOOR AS REQ'D TO RUN CONDUIT FOR ALL CASHWRAP. SEE POWER PLAN EXISTING COLUMN TO REMAIN, TYP. 03D WOMEN'S WOMEN'S WOMEN'S PROTECT ADJACENT FINISH CONSTRUCTION BARRICADE BY LANDLORD 02A DISPLAY WINDOW 1' 4" DEEP MELAMINE SHELVES ABOVE 7'-0" ON SURFACE MTD. STANDARDS W/ HEAVY DUTY BRACKETS, SEE SHEET A-4.2 PROTECT MALL FLOORING ALONG STOREFRONT REPAIR AND REPLACE TO MATCH EXISTING AS REQ'D. ENTRY VESTIBULE SEE SHEET A-3.0 FOR STOREFRONT DIM. LEASE LINE 02B DISPLAY WINDOW MALL AIR SUPPLY 12 CLOSET V-4" DEEP MELAMINE SHELVES ON SURFACE MTD. STANDARDS W/ HEAVY DUTY BRACKETS, SEE SHEETA-4.2 EXISTING COLD WATER PIPE TO REMAIN, TYP. SEPARATE STORAGE RACK PERMIT REQUIRED All rack storage fixtures over 5'-9" high shall be installed under the provisions of a separate storage rack building permit. All rack storage fixtures greater than 8 -feet high shall have the method of anchorage/bracing designed by a professional engineer. Periodic special inspection is required in all cases during the anchorage of racks over 8 -feet in height. Special inspection requirements shall be specified on the rack permit pl CONSTRUCTION PLAN NOTES: 1. BARRICADE GRAPHICS TO BE PROVIDED BY J.CREW. SUBMIT TO LL'S CENTER MANAGEMENT FOR APPROVAL BEFORE FABRICATION. 2. G.C. TO REMOVE BARRICADES. REPAIR/ PATCH FASICA AS REQ'D. TO MATCH EXISTING. 3. ALL DIMS ARE TO EXTERIOR FINISH SHEETROCK 4. PAINT COLOR TO BE SEMI -GLOSS WHITE FOR FULL WRAP VINYL INSTALL 0 ±44'-2" BARRICADE ELEVATION J CREW GRAPHIC BY J.CREW AT TENANT'S EXPENSE LEASELINE CONSTRUCTION BARRICADE BY LANDLORD FOLD LINE, TYP. CONSTRUCTION NOTES I. GENERAL 1. See Specifications for aqditional notes and requirements. 2. See Responsibility Schedule for scope divisions. 3. G.C. is responsible for the patching, replacing and the new installation of fire stopping as required by code in existing or new construction (comply with Division 7B of Specifications) 4. G.C. is responsible4or the installation of blocking in walls or ceilings (comply with Divisions 1B, 6A and 6B of Specifications for division of work). Refer to Responsibility Schedule, Sheet A-8.0 for blocking required for items furnished or installed by Owner's Contractors pr Millworker. 5. G.C. is responsible for the installation of plywood backing on walls for the mounting of equipment (comply with Divisions 6A of Specifications for division of work). Refer to Construction Plan and Engineering drawings for the locations of these equipment. II. LAYOUT 1. Final placement of all layouts shall be approved in field by Architect or Owner prior to the commencement of any framing. 2. Layout partitions starting from conditions where alignment with existing construction is shown (unless noted otherwise in drawings). 3. Under no exceptions shall drawings be scaled. If dimensions are not Indicated in plan, G.C. shall notify Architect for instructions. 4. All dimensions are from surfaces of finish to finish (unless noted otherwise in drawings) III. COORDINATION 1. G.C. shall verify all dimensions and conditions after demolition operations and coordinate all trades prior to any work. 2. Notify Architect during layout and prior to framing if: A. Dimension labeled "MIN" can not be achieved. -B. Dimension labeled +/- varies more than 2" from actual field dimension. C. Any discrepancy, omission or unanticipated field condition which alter the intent of these documents. 3. 6.C. is responsible for coordinating all layout issues with the Millworker to establish millwork layouts (wall cases, portals, doors & frames, etc.). Obtain the millwork shop drawings prior to any framing. 4. The G.C. is responsible for supplying field information and dimensions to the Millworker or any other Owner's Contractors upon request. LEGEND U REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED AUG 9 9 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION ROOM LEASE LINE EXISTING TO REMAIN EXISTG RATED DEMISING PARTITION - SEE PARTITION TYPES NEW RATED PARTITION - SEE PARTITION TYPES NEW PARTITION - SEE PARTITION TYPES PARTITION TYPE DOOR KEY ROOM NUMBER WITH ROOM NAME EXISTING BLDG. COLUMN GRIDS 8 FIRE EXTINGUISHER LAYOUT STARTING POINT HIGH SHELVING (STOCK) BAY ELEVATION KEY DRAWING NUMBER SHEET NUMBER SECTION KEY DRAWING NUMBER SHEET NUMBER DETAIL KEY DRAWING NUMBER SHEET NUMBER RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUL 1 2 2013 PERMIT CENTER NOTE: Dimensions indicated in plan for millwork are overall finished dimensions. G.C. shall coordinate with MWC. to verify rough openings required for millwork installations. DTMARCHITECT DenrilsT Mitchell itCA,E3. ALA '6631 I-26 West. Suite 260 P:517.265.2416, F:617.453.7377 All rights reserved. No part of these drawings or specifications may be copied, 0 C.) 0 0 0 CL CL )0:10 rit 24:E: CL CO 13 tn 12 CD CD rin CA)k3 1:6 .c2 114,5 cz 4-P t E>rti i_c.) el: J.CREW Southcenter Mall 633 Southcenter Mall Space No. 676 Tukwila, WA 98188 Level: Ground Floor J.Crew No. 807 Project No. 1339 ARCHITECT JUL 1 2013 DENNIS T. Want. STATE OF WASHIIGTON NO. DATE ISSUE 07-17-13 Issue for Permit 07-17-13 Issue for Bid 07-17-13 Issue for LL & Client Review Construction Plan A 1.0 • ( 20 ) PROVIDE WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE ON RESTROOM FLOOR AND 6" UP WALLS. COMPLY W/ MALL REQUIREMENTS. 06 RESTROOM 8-2 DOOR BELL VT -1 HH__ :4S 41•0•`; .:0,44nreginFtWIMS Li meg: sionnaMINVii410 INNOMBROW ZAINFIPOSSENE 03F MEN'S B-1 WF -1 WOOD THRESHOLD TYR @ FITTING PORTAL, TYP 3G MEN'S B - WF -1 03H MEN'S B-1 WF -1 +Yr" MARBLE SADDLE LIGHTSTAT LIGHTING CONTROL 08 RECEIVING B-2 VT 22 ) RUN CONDUIT FOR TIME CLOCK BACK TO TELEPHONE BOARD 11 ELECTRICAL B-2 VT -1 09 KITCHENETTE B-2 VT -1 SEE TELEPHONE BACKBOARD DIAGRAM, DWG. 3 onspammatosmosommonostomsbnommosssomemosivessmafessolsonotarviononstamonommom,,,..„ [finitilli • • --\••••• • --- • -- •••••••• .... • ... • • \ ..... - . tiO IG _EL VT -1 C-1 WF -1 GFCI 54" El AFF 4,51 AFF ( 23 ) / vi II Atekinlvs ageginsp4SONNOVEISIonstmasomenow 07 OFFICE B-2 VT -1 NOTE: SEE DETAILS 1/ A-4.1 & 2/A-4.1 FOR ADDITIONAL POWER/DATA/TEL. INFORMATION AT OFFICE 10 BOH 60" 48" 18" AFF AFF AFF GFCI 05 FITTING B-1 C-1 '' • ... • . • • . • .. • . • . • . • . • .. • . • .. • . • MOUNT VOLUMN VOLUMN CONTROL @ 60" AFF TYP 03E WOMEN'S B 1 WF -1 WD. FLOOR _D|8EOTK}N 03D WOMEN'S B-1 WF -1 ac 32' AFF ... . . • . •. • . • . • 32" AFF 04 CASHWRAP B-1 WF -1 if IG DIG. • ic IG 4) 3/4' EMPTY CONDUITS FROM CASHWRAP BELOW UP TO THE NEAREST WALL AND BACK TO TELEPHONE PANEL IN BACK OF HOUSE SEE ELEC. DINGS FOR POWER CONDUITS (VERIFY CONDUITS LOCATION WITH MILLWORK VENDORE NI • iG 03C WOMEN'S B - WF 1 DIG U. • 54' 01 O AFF w CC U.1 U_ VT-1 I DI F=i • . • . • . • .. • .. • . • • • . • . • . • .. • .. • . • . . . .. . .. . . . . WF -1 18' AFF 7— 8-2 VT -1 AtiAlgarri=0NUIZZZICIVOSE=ZSZ:14=21NiS=2„ZeM,Atte, I! , ii \ II .• 11 \ .• \ H •. .• 000 R CHIME IN CLOSE 03A WOMEN'S B-1 WF -1 03B WOMEN'S B-1 WF -1 SENSORMATIC CONTROLLER; GAP BOARD ENCLOSURE AND ALARM ABOVE CEILING 3f4 CONED:LAT WITH 900 BEND AT FLOOR UP TO ABOVE CEILING SENSORMATIG LOOP SYSTEM. CUT INTO SUBFLOOR FOR INSTALLATION SEE MFR'S INSTALLMANUAL 01A ENTRY B 1 WF -1 02A DISPLAY WINDOW B-1 WF -1 MOUNT RECEPTACLE ADJ. TO CONTROLLER SENSORMATIC ON/OFF SWITCH / z \ FINISH FLOOR AND POWER PLAN ) SCALE: 1/4" = 1 '-0" NOTE: 1) SEE ARCHITECTURAL FLOOR FINISH AND POWER PLAN FOR SPECIFIC HEIGHT REQUIREMENTS OF ELEC. DEVICES. 2) WHEREVER POSSIBLE, ALL DEVICES IN THE SELLING FLOOR AREA SHALL BE MOUNTED CENTERED ON THE GWB BETWEEN CASES OR DOOR FRAMES. FIN. FLOOR cc' cr 0 LL (o w 0 Cl) w 0 z w 0 w 5 0 0 U_ U_ 0 z LL CO Zr) EDGE OF WALL EDGE OF WALLCASE / DOOR FRAME FIRE ALARM DEVICES "WP" WALL MOUNTED PHONE JACKS, THERMOSTAT, TEMPERATURE SENSOR OR ALARM KEYPAD. SWITCHES / LIGHTSTAT PUSH BOTTON POWER & PHONE RECEPTACLES IN BACK OF HOUSE, TYP. ALL POWER & PHONE RECEPTACLES IN SELLING FLOOR AND FITTING AREA SHALL BE MOUNTED HORIZONTAL ON BASE, TYP. WHERE WOOD BASE OCCURS. U.O.N. IN PLAN. RECEPTACLES SHALL BE ADJUSTED TO ALIGN WITH CUT-OUT AFTER THE INSTALLATION OF WOOD BASE. VERIFY W/ INSPECTOR PRIOR TO PROCEEDING W/ THIS LOCATION. (7i\) TYR LOCATION OF ELECTRICAL DEVICES } SCALE: 1/2" = 1 '-0" CO C4 4,-0° PBX SECURITY PANEL -1 FIRE ! ALARM I PANEL I (IF ANY) ! TELEPHONE JACKS & DEMARC TERMINATE TEL/DATA CONDUITS ABOVE TELEPHONE BACKBOARD PAINTED 3/4° FT PLYWD. BACKING TEL/DATA RACK ELECTRICAL OUTLET TYR SEE POWER PLAN FOR MORE INFO. FINISH FLOOR 9 1-u CC LU 0 z COORDINATE LOCATION OF ALL ELEMENTS BETWEEN TEL/DATA VENDOR/SECURITY VENDOR & GC TELEPHONE BACKBOARD DIAGRAM ( 3 SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" PAINTING SCOPE NOTES: WOMEN'S SHOP: 1. WALLS & BASE @ SALES: 2. CEILING: 3. WALLS & BASE @ FITTING: 4. ACCENT WALLS: (SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS) MEN'S SHOP: 1. WALLS & BASE @ SALES: 2. CEILING: P-10 M P-9 F P-10 E P -2C M P-11 NI P-9 F SQUARE FOOTAGE CALCULATION NOTE: ALL SQUARE FOOTAGES ARE APPROXIMATE; ACTUAL S.F. TO BE DETERMINED BY INSTALLER WOOD FLOOR CARPET! c -i WF -1 3,238 S.F. 418 S.F. 7 7 7 EXISTING MALL TILES. PROTECT AS REQ'D. SIGN DISCONNECT JUNCTION BOX FOR SIGNAGE 0113 ENTRY VESTIBULE B-3 MALL TILES SLOPE UP TO MEET WOOD FLOOR FLUSH 02B DISPLAY WINDOW B-1 WF -1 12 CLOSET FINISH NOTES GENERAL 1. See Specifications for additional notes and requirements 2. See Finish Schedule for all finish specifications 3. See Responsibility Schedule for scope divisions 4. G.C. shall be responsible for installing all empty conduits prior to the installation of plywood sub floor. 5. Protect all existing to remain surfaces, including mall paving and storefront neutral piers or bulkhead. Clean, patch, repair or replace all existing finishes to "Like -New" conditions 6. See division 9F for painting scope. POWER NOTES GENERAL 1. See Specifications for additional notes and requirements 2. See MEP drawings for additional notes, specifications and requirements for all electrical and communication work. 3. See Responsibility Schedule for scope divisions 4. All outlets are shown in Architecture Drawings for critical location and placement, not quantity. See engineering drawings for other required outlets, specifications and wiring. 5. All receptacles in Display window, Men's sales, fitting painted base are to be black w/ black, metal cover plate, matte finish. 6. All Receptacles in Women's & Crewcuts sales & fitting painted base are to be white w/ white, metal cover plate, matte finish. 7. All receptacles in display window ceiling & B.O.H. are to be white w/ white, metal cover plates, matte finish. 8. See Engineering Drawings for empty conduit and stub -up requirements. 9. All Fire Alarm Devices are shown for location only (refer to Engineering drawings for device type & quantity). LEGEND b13.11419 B-2 VT -1 \ T ) U ) \REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED AUG 9 9 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION WALL MOUNTED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE B - BLACK WITH BLACK METAL COVER PLATE D - DEDICATED IG - ISOLATED GROUND DIG - DEDICATED ISOLATION GROUND GFCI - GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER CR CLOCK OUTLET WALL MOUNTED QUAD. RECEPTACLE D - DEDICATED IG - ISOLATED GROUND DIG - DEDICATED ISOLATION GROUND F C 2 2 CAT WP y CH MOUNT TO BACK OF STOREFRONT FASCIA TELEPHONE OUTLET CATALOG PHONE WALL MOUNTED PHONE DATA OUTLET SWITCH TEMPERATURE SENSORS LIGHTSTAT PUSH BUTTONS THERMOSTAT CONTROL C> THERMOSTAT O RCA JACK 03A WOMEN'S B-1 ST -1 EJ VC -1 VOLUME CONTROL (FRONT SALES) VC -2 VOLUME CONTROL (MIDDLE SALES) VC -3 VOLUME CONTROL (CASHWRAP) VC -4 VOLUME CONTROL (BACK SALES) VC -5 VOLUME CONTROL (FITTING AREA) ROOM NAME BASE I FLOOR (SEE SHEET A-8.0 FOR FINISH SPEC.) DOOR CHIME DOOR BELL WALL MOUNTED JUNCTION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUL 2 2 2013 PERMIT CENTER BOX WALL MOUNTED FIRE ALARM SPEAKER / STROBE WALL MOUNTED FIRE ALARM STROBE ONLY FIRE ALARM PULL STATION BURGLAR ALARM KEYPAD DTMARCHITECT ‘tiESEESEEMESEZIEZENJ [lentils T Mitchell UCARB.AR 031 1-26 West. 60Ite 260 Arrington. TX..:76017 P'61' 2652415 F:817.463.7377 PlleeReply@DtmArcNtct.r.ca! All rights reserved. No part of these drawings or specifications may be copied, reproduced or used in connection with any work, other than the specific project for which they have been prepared, without prior written authorization from the Architect. J.CREW Southcenter Mall 633 Southcenter Mall Space No. 676 Tukwila, WA 98188 Level: Ground Floor J.Crew No. 807 Project No. 1339 NO. DATE ISSUE 07-17-13 Issue for Permit 07-17-13 Issue for Bid 07-17-13 Issue for LL & Client Review Floor Finish & Power Plan Anal . 1 C) Co cc Co r- c? - as 2 ZT,) sa) 0 ci) Co CO ID LL C C0 0 a) ••,,q 0 C a) 0 Cl)0 C) co Cl)CO a) a) 0 (f) a) .0 ROOM ID SIGNAGE TYP. SEE ELEVATIONS FOR DETAILS H Fi:=1 21 ; MOP SINK 22 ) ( 23 ) eallinftalstaffit- MAMOSSINSIMISISSIMINISt ' ' 10MentrintOW..... .,,,ISMENNOMESIMISSAI&MIASEMESSIONIMINGINISMIEMS '''' PEG BOARD .414s • mi • 77-7-77-7-A4 4PEMMINNIOM MRIMMUOMMONMOMMONSISMOVNEWOMMOMMENtargenaggiia B-WD2-4' \ (NO BACK) (NO BACK) (NO BACK) (NO BACK) (NO BACK) \ c‘i CM OS 71 - CM 0 011 71 - CM 0 3 0 co 0 z 0 z co 0 z co 0 z 0 z co z 0 z B-WD2-4' B-WD2-4' B-WD2-4' B-WD2-4' 58" 58° 58" it 2 eV/ lei • met Er) (NO BACK) B-WD2-4' BS / ML / 42" LAD DERS 0 R-B/NTC/81x10/ CM H.0 .3 I Sr I I I I I I I I I I I H I I I I I I I I I I ' • • '' • ... • . ...•. . . • ... • . . • ... .. . •. .• . ;••;•••;•••••••••1;• • P . \ A.3 HAND DRYER" BABY .4 CHANGING STATION LIGHTSTAT PANEL z w — a.,33 CO COAT RACK ELECTRIAL PANELS HANGER STORAGE HS HS w z 00 CC 0 ElF L-. HBS KITCHENE DRINK NG FOUNTAIN IL HANGBAR STORAGE WATER COOLER LOCKERS M P T M P 1- ST P P P M P M ST P P ST 1k ST K.0 P P B-WD2-3' B-WD2-3' 11 B-WD2-3' (NO BACK) (NO BACK) (NO BACK) M-32 .. • a. 01 • 0 • INZIND • MINNS • 0 • 0 • 0 • MN= • MONO • 40•,..4[101•• • 4•MIt • 0 • 0 • OMAN • ••••Il ,001•0.•• I • .... • '°. WOMOPMMIIMMOSOIMMMUMINIMMOig'" (COMMON PATH OF TRAVEL: 34"-0" < 75'-0") WD/MT/8' L (NO BACK) (NO BACK) (NO BACK) B-WD2-4' B-WD2-4' IB-WD2-4'. (NO BACK) B-WD2-4' 0 co 0 z co 0 z Di OS CM 0 th .. . . • . . . . . . . . ... • ... . . . .... • .. • . • . 0 CM co 0 z 0 co 0 z WD / MT is' (NO BACK) B-WD2-4' (NO BACK) B-WD2-4' (NO BACK) B-WD2-4' WD/MT/8' o o CI "i r M-32 .. • a. 01 • 0 • INZIND • MINNS • 0 • 0 • 0 • MN= • MONO • 40•,..4[101•• • 4•MIt • 0 • 0 • OMAN • ••••Il ,001•0.•• I • .... • '°. WOMOPMMIIMMOSOIMMMUMINIMMOig'" (COMMON PATH OF TRAVEL: 34"-0" < 75'-0") WD/MT/8' L (NO BACK) (NO BACK) (NO BACK) B-WD2-4' B-WD2-4' IB-WD2-4'. (NO BACK) B-WD2-4' 0 co 0 z co 0 z Di OS CM 0 th .. . . • . . . . . . . . ... • ... . . . .... • .. • . • . 0 CM co 0 z 0 co 0 z WD / MT is' (NO BACK) B-WD2-4' (NO BACK) B-WD2-4' (NO BACK) B-WD2-4' \\,... I T ' , ...cs • \ M-32 0 z co 0 1• CM OS CM 0 OS 0 co 0 z 0 co 0 cc !=I ! • a 1 as M-32 0 0 0 0 z uJ 0 LL LL 0 I -- isessfp TIME CLOCK M 0 71- cs) in / MIEVARBIROMON 1 NOREPAININSMISMANSIMMONSOSS L.„ 011101 zzt 2 2 Rt 2 • • . • . • . • . • • . • . • . • . • . • . . • . • .• 0 174- 2 11 2 ii 0 . • . . • . • . • • . . • . • . • . . . • .• . • • . . • . • • . 0 2 0 T 2 FS 10' B-WD2-4' B-WD2-4' B-WD2-4' -11- B-WD2-4' B-WD2-4' (NO BACK) (NO BACK) (NO BACK) (NO BACK) (NO BACK) 1700000700.0004., _J .__.__... ______________. WD I MT / 8' (NO BACK) (NO BACK) (NO BACK) B-WD2-4' B-WD2-4' B-WD2-4' 0 co 0 z 0 co 0 M-32 : • -:•:.:• CM CM 0 • . • • . • . • . • ..• . • •.". • . .. • .. • . • . • • • • . • . • .• . • . • . • . • .. • .. • .. • . • . • . • . • . • . • . • . • . • . • . • . • • . • .. • .. • .. • . ..• . • . • • . • . • .. • .. • . • . • . • . CM CM 0 0 co 0 68' H X X FS 10' (NO BACK) (NO BACK) (NO BACK) (NO BACK) B-WD2-4' if B-WD2-4' B-WD2-4' B-WD2-4' (NO BACK) B-WD2-4' M-32 FIXTURE PLAN 1 ) \„/ •SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" ADDITIONAL FIXTURES ORDERED 48"W x 58"H DOUBLE ROLLING RACKS - (SALE) IREVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED AUG 9 9 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION \ • — ) - - - - - U NOTE: MAINTAIN 3'-O" MIN. CLEARANCE BETWEEN ALL FIXTURE GROUPINGS SQUARE FOOTAGE TAKE -OFF (FOR OWNER'S USE) Leased Area: Net Usable Area: Unusable Area: Sales Area: Includes Women's Sales: Men's Sales: Customer Experience: Includes 1. Window Display Area 2. Fitting Rooms 3. Cashwrap Back of House Area: Includes 1. Office 2. Stock 3. Closet 4. Restroom 5,073 SQ.FT. 5,548 SQ.FT. 452 SQ.FT. 3,044 SQ.FT. 2,004 SQ.FT. 1,040 SQ.FT. 673 SQ.FT. 102 SQ.FT. 418 SQ.FT. 153 SQ.FT. 643 SQ.FT. 50 SQ.FT. 773 SQ.FT 82 SQ.FT. 56 SQ.FT. LEGEND Ii p 11 M M-32 R HANGBAR PEG SURFACE MOUNTED MIRROR (32" WIDE) LEANING MIRROR (32" WIDE) SWINGING 3 -WAY MIRROR ROLLING RACK RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUL Z 2 2013 PERMIT CENTER MS MA BR HS HBS FIXED STORAGE MOVABLE HANGING (PERMANENT) 20% MOVABLE SHELVING (PERMANENT) 20% MOVABLE SHELVING (ADJUSTABLE TO HANGING) 60% BAKER RACK WALL MOUNTED HANGER STACKER HANGBAR STORAGE FIXTURE MATERIAL ABBREVIATIONS WD1 WOOD (CUMBERLAND OAK) L1 LACQUER (WHITE DOVE) L2 LACQUER (BERKSHIRE BEIGE) CR1 CORIAN (CAMEO WHITE) GL BACK PAINTED GLASS ROOM ID: A.3 RESTROOM ID / N.C. E.3 ROOM ID / PRIVATE H.O. FITTING ROOM ID K.O. FITTING ROOM I H.C. SYMBOL DTMARCHITECT Dennis T Mitchell t4C,,V2B. ALA 60311-20 West. Suite 260 Argooton. TX -76017 P:617.265,2415 F:617.463.7377 OfficeReply©DtmArciliteot.corp All rights reserved. No part of these drawings or specifications may be copied, reproduced or used in connection with any work, other than the specific project for which they have been prepared, without prior written authorization from the Architect. J.CREW Southcenter Mall 633 Southcenter Mall Space No. 676 Tukwila, WA 98188 Level: Ground Floor J.Crew No. 807 Project No. 1339 I I 111"%teTERED' ARCHITECT JUL 1 g 2013 DEWS T. MITCHELL STATE OF WASHAGTON NO. DATE ISSUE 07-17-13 Issue for Permit 07-17-13 Issue for Bid 07-17-13 Issue for LL & Client Review Fixture Plan A 1.2 o o o \\,... I T ' , ...cs • \ M-32 0 z co 0 1• CM OS CM 0 OS 0 co 0 z 0 co 0 cc !=I ! • a 1 as M-32 0 0 0 0 z uJ 0 LL LL 0 I -- isessfp TIME CLOCK M 0 71- cs) in / MIEVARBIROMON 1 NOREPAININSMISMANSIMMONSOSS L.„ 011101 zzt 2 2 Rt 2 • • . • . • . • . • • . • . • . • . • . • . . • . • .• 0 174- 2 11 2 ii 0 . • . . • . • . • • . . • . • . • . . . • .• . • • . . • . • • . 0 2 0 T 2 FS 10' B-WD2-4' B-WD2-4' B-WD2-4' -11- B-WD2-4' B-WD2-4' (NO BACK) (NO BACK) (NO BACK) (NO BACK) (NO BACK) 1700000700.0004., _J .__.__... ______________. WD I MT / 8' (NO BACK) (NO BACK) (NO BACK) B-WD2-4' B-WD2-4' B-WD2-4' 0 co 0 z 0 co 0 M-32 : • -:•:.:• CM CM 0 • . • • . • . • . • ..• . • •.". • . .. • .. • . • . • • • • . • . • .• . • . • . • . • .. • .. • .. • . • . • . • . • . • . • . • . • . • . • . • . • • . • .. • .. • .. • . ..• . • . • • . • . • .. • .. • . • . • . • . CM CM 0 0 co 0 68' H X X FS 10' (NO BACK) (NO BACK) (NO BACK) (NO BACK) B-WD2-4' if B-WD2-4' B-WD2-4' B-WD2-4' (NO BACK) B-WD2-4' M-32 FIXTURE PLAN 1 ) \„/ •SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" ADDITIONAL FIXTURES ORDERED 48"W x 58"H DOUBLE ROLLING RACKS - (SALE) IREVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED AUG 9 9 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION \ • — ) - - - - - U NOTE: MAINTAIN 3'-O" MIN. CLEARANCE BETWEEN ALL FIXTURE GROUPINGS SQUARE FOOTAGE TAKE -OFF (FOR OWNER'S USE) Leased Area: Net Usable Area: Unusable Area: Sales Area: Includes Women's Sales: Men's Sales: Customer Experience: Includes 1. Window Display Area 2. Fitting Rooms 3. Cashwrap Back of House Area: Includes 1. Office 2. Stock 3. Closet 4. Restroom 5,073 SQ.FT. 5,548 SQ.FT. 452 SQ.FT. 3,044 SQ.FT. 2,004 SQ.FT. 1,040 SQ.FT. 673 SQ.FT. 102 SQ.FT. 418 SQ.FT. 153 SQ.FT. 643 SQ.FT. 50 SQ.FT. 773 SQ.FT 82 SQ.FT. 56 SQ.FT. LEGEND Ii p 11 M M-32 R HANGBAR PEG SURFACE MOUNTED MIRROR (32" WIDE) LEANING MIRROR (32" WIDE) SWINGING 3 -WAY MIRROR ROLLING RACK RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUL Z 2 2013 PERMIT CENTER MS MA BR HS HBS FIXED STORAGE MOVABLE HANGING (PERMANENT) 20% MOVABLE SHELVING (PERMANENT) 20% MOVABLE SHELVING (ADJUSTABLE TO HANGING) 60% BAKER RACK WALL MOUNTED HANGER STACKER HANGBAR STORAGE FIXTURE MATERIAL ABBREVIATIONS WD1 WOOD (CUMBERLAND OAK) L1 LACQUER (WHITE DOVE) L2 LACQUER (BERKSHIRE BEIGE) CR1 CORIAN (CAMEO WHITE) GL BACK PAINTED GLASS ROOM ID: A.3 RESTROOM ID / N.C. E.3 ROOM ID / PRIVATE H.O. FITTING ROOM ID K.O. FITTING ROOM I H.C. SYMBOL DTMARCHITECT Dennis T Mitchell t4C,,V2B. ALA 60311-20 West. Suite 260 Argooton. TX -76017 P:617.265,2415 F:617.463.7377 OfficeReply©DtmArciliteot.corp All rights reserved. No part of these drawings or specifications may be copied, reproduced or used in connection with any work, other than the specific project for which they have been prepared, without prior written authorization from the Architect. J.CREW Southcenter Mall 633 Southcenter Mall Space No. 676 Tukwila, WA 98188 Level: Ground Floor J.Crew No. 807 Project No. 1339 I I 111"%teTERED' ARCHITECT JUL 1 g 2013 DEWS T. MITCHELL STATE OF WASHAGTON NO. DATE ISSUE 07-17-13 Issue for Permit 07-17-13 Issue for Bid 07-17-13 Issue for LL & Client Review Fixture Plan A 1.2 1a REAR EXIT VESTIBULE 8'-0" Gv MALL 06 RESTROOM MAINTAIN RATED CEILING, FINISH TO MATCH MALL STANDARD, WALL MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE ABOVE DOOR ......._...___..... GWB @ Fi € € INC ROOMS 12-0 ACT -1 PROVIDE SMOKE DEIECTORS QUANTITY AND LOCAIONS AS RECPD BY CODE PROVIDE SPRINKLERS AS REO'D BY LOCAL CODE IN BREAK AREA, TYP. i uds Yb#t�tr F NCAR?.RFp, 1-23 e'Y:aat. S.tii.9 a"5D.. za=cas=arl:L�m?rd t� tsom 05 FITTING PROVIDE EM FIXTURES AS Ram FOR EMERGENCY LIGHT k/sr !. F.'": i y"t: /"r"' e:✓ri'" axis it . �iY+Y..�., !,elf /&':. p.¢<%2. ,Yl. �'a. ",9r>. .. :. 1�./..Yn:�,,.rc ,,,.,.,., .,,, .�..��,,,�%�k ,.,rn.,T:.. ,. %raa..,Gn.:. ONSIONSIMUNIM.2 �:: ro ,s'�=m. skisyr N :9�:',i;.; >.E�; .`>> :,::o,,Zigi,t <t�';kc `a':M.:<'� <': I.. ;;NO i.:., Tom. Y<:"` .r :. ..zi is..� "E@:m,+ r: :,.;.<,........ 'J:'Y<zr�".f.:c.,<.r/....._E.c.r.........:...:.:ac:%>''$g`. 3:w>;`g YY:fv AI rights reserved. No part of these drawings or specifications may be copied, reproduced or used in connection with any work, other than the specific project for which they have been prepared without prior written authorization from the Architect. 02A DISPLAY WINDOW GWB SURFACE MTD, TRACK "T" Wi "N" HEADS, PIP FOR DISPLAY WINDOWS. o,. .o,Y.x. ,, ,<l.::r £z'£!?! Bio :x/.,s..,.r /S�:Y ..,mi >:>:..: <.>[ :.::: ,.x :mac a/Y.af:/ xw r;+>+:>r.,..r :,. r, Y. ,�:r'/.. tl::: : ..,:, .. :.:r. �. , ... .:.. :.:.:.. .. :.? :,:...... ..i�ix..F.,.,.,a rar .. .`."Y «.. „�Y,,.,,s,:. ..;s :!',/':r :: it r1::....: .... ..>,. :.x. ..:. .,. ,z..,. , .%::.:>. 3':'sa%� ::...:.k ..........az .x r..,, Nra....r<...,.. >.. sx{....y.,.:.. r..,..n ::, .:.. .r. .ra n ..... ............n.i� n.a.n.a.... ».,........... /.+. a....i%Yl:..:,>:..>ao>...bn..»... ...,.,.... >n...,.......... 110" ET. PLYWOOD WITH GWB ON TOP & BETWEEN OF PLYWOOD SHOW WINDOW'S GIG. GWB SUFFIT ACCESS DOOR ------ MOUNT VOLUME CONTROLS 60" AF TYP. rA SHOPPERTRAK DEVICE. PLATE OFF PENETRATION FOR SHOPPER TRAK WIRE WITH WHITE PLATE. PROVIDE 5/4" CONDUIT FROM SHOPPERTRAK TO OFFICE. PIP. RED LEI i LR ON WHITE BLADE INSERT EXIT SIGN J,CREW Southcenter Mall CEILING CONTROL JOINT, TYF? 535 Southcenter Space No. 676 Tukwila, WA 98188 Level: Ground Floor J.Crew No. 807 Project No. 1339 14 CLOSET SURFACE MID. TRACK "T-2" W/ "Ni" HEADS, TYP FOR SALES. O'3 MEN'S 03 WOMEN'S CxWt3 P -S F GWB @ ±9'-S" THIS AREA, VLF AUG 0 2013 SUSPENDED GWB CEILING TYPICAL THRUOUT SALES & FITTING AREAS, U.O.N., SEE SHEET A-7.1 FOR DETAILS. NO. DATE ISSUE A 08-16-13 Issue for DoB`s Comments REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED AUG99 2013 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA AUG 21 2013 ©1 A 08-01-13 Issue for DoB's Comments 07-29-13 Addendum 41 07-17-13 Issue for Permit 07-17-13 Issue for Bid PERMIT CENTER 07-17-13 Issue for LL & Client Review 2 cit c r /Users/jhuang/Desktop/!1339-Southcenter Man. pin F.O. CLG.. SPEAKER MOUNT ,EO. PARTITION CONCEAL WIRING FOR SPEAKER SYSTEM ALONG MOUNTING ARM AND INTO MOUNTING PLATE. PER IVIANUF. TYR WALL MOUNTED SPEAKER LOCATION SCALE: 3" =1 1-0" REFLECTED CEILING PLA N NOTES LEGEND GENERAL 1. See Specifications for additional notes and requirements 2. See Responsibility Schedule for scope divisions. 3. See MEP drawings for additional notes, specifications and requirements for all mechanical, electrical, plumbing, sprinkler and fire alarm work. 4. G.C. is responsible for submitting a coordinated shop drawing indicating electrical, mechanical, sprinkler and plumbing work above proposed ceiling. The G.C. shall verify all existing field conditions and coordinate routing and placement of equipment with all trades prior to this submission. 5. Heights indicated are from finished floor to finished ceiling. Notify Architect or Owner to review any discrepancies between proposed ceiling height and existing conditions after demolition work is completed. B. In addition to ceiling access doors indicated in plan, allow for I 2l extra 24" x 24" doors in the contract price (comply with Division 8D of Specifications) 7. All ceiling grilles, access panels and sprinkler heads are shown on plan for locations only. If there is a discrepancy,betuveen architecture and engineer drawings, G.C. shall notify Architect for instructions prior to any work. 8. Gypsum board ceiling shall extend over built-in cases to wall beyond to maintain separation between millwork and plenum ceiling above. 9. G.C. is responsible for installing track heads per drawings. 10. G.C. to provide proper access for mechanical equipment. SPRINKLER 1. Sprinkler coverage shall be the responsibility of the contractor, more sprinkler heads may be required than shown. 2. Heads shown for locations relative to light fixtures, walls and other ceiling features only. 3. Contractor to submit to architect sprinkler shop drawings for approval as per drawing FP -1, prior to submission to authorities. If changes made during review, architect to be notified. MUSIC SYSTEM 1. G.C. to coordinate location of speakersisubwoofers with DMX Music, in accordance with LL regulations. SUPPLY GRILLE LOCATIONS (SEE MECHANICAL DWGS.) R.A: GRILLE LOCATIONS (SEE MECHANICAL DWGS.) CEILING ACCESS DOOR, VFY. LOCATIONS W/ LL AND ARCHITECT ROUND SUPPLY GRILLE LOCATIONS (SEE MECHANICAL DWGS.) R-1 0 R-2 A-1 0 A-2 1.221 EM ROUND SUPPLY GRILLE LOCATIONS (SEE MECHANICAL DWGS.) (1) 35W MR -16 RECESSED DOWN LIGHT LIG35W HT MR -16 RECESSED DOWN (1) 20W RECESSED DOWN LIGHT (2) 20W RECESSED DOWN LIGHT RECESSED EMERGENCY & DOWN LIGHT FIXTURE CEILING PENDANT LIGHT PAINT, SEE SHEET A-8.0 FOR SPEC. LIGHTSTAT CEILING MOUNTED MOTION DETECTOR RECESSED SPEAKER (BOSE DS16F, FITTING AREA) SUBWOOFER (BOSE FS3, SALES FLOOR) WALL MOUNTED BOSE FS3 SATELLITE SPEAKER (BOSE FS3, SALES FLOOR) VC -1 VOLUME CONTROL (FRONT SALES ) VC -2 VOLUME CONTROL (CASHWRAP) 0 VC -3 VOLUME CONTROL (MIDDLE SALES) 0 VC -4 VOLUME CONTROL (BACK SALES) Ci' VC -5 VOLUME CONTROL (FITTING AREA) TYPE 'P' TYPE 'P -EM' SIDE MOUNTED RECEPTACLE IN TROUGH LINEAR DIFFUSER DOOR CONTACT SMOKE DETECTOR SURFACE MTD. FLUORESCENT FIXTURE SURFACE MTD. EMERGENCY FLUORESCENT FIXTURE 'rT'" TYP. "N" TYP 1.12" PLYWOOD W/GWB ABOVE: BELOW, TYP. @ SHOW WINDOW CLG. RECESSED CEILING MOUNTED EXIT SIGN Reflected Ceiling Plan ONE SIDED RECESSED CEILING MOUNTED EXIT SIGN (ONE SIDED) WALL MOUNTED EXIT SIGN 2 SIDED RECESSED CEILING MOUNTED EXIT SIGN (ARROW SHOW THE DIRECTION OF EXIT) SURFACE MOUNTED EXIT SIGN CONCEALED SPRINKLER HEAD (SEE SPRINKLER DWGS) A-2.0 7/17/13 6:39 PM Nolumes/projects_ACTIVE/J.Crew/J.Crew Projects/1339 Southcenter Mail/Project-WorkingFiles/!1339-Southcenter Mali.pin B-WD2-4' B-WD2-4' SQUARE 80X POST, TYP. SEE STRUCTURAL DWGS. BOXED BEAM ABOVE. SEE STRUCTURAL DWGS. SENSORMATIC ANTENNA STOREFRONT PLAN 1 �'��. SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 3'-0" DOOR STOP / HOLD -OPEN LOCATION EQ. 1 '-6" '6"` J, J% 6'-O" LEASE LINE FS FS 4 x 10' ,6" 1'-6" EQ. (f6'-01 rJ COLUMN ENCLOSURE FOR STOREFRONT FRAMING SUPPORT 3'-0" GL -1 INDIVIDUAL WHITE LED LEI I ER W/ SIGNAGE BOX BEYOND SHOWN DOTTED WOOD ENTRY DOORS W/ GLASS & RAISED PANEL P-5 G GL -2 I. OF SIGNAGE ALIGN W/ ADJACENTT(NANT t1E3IGN DOORS STOREFRONT ELEVATION SCALE: 114" = 1'-0" • TECT EXISTING SURFACE WOOD DIRCTION, TYP. PLINTH BASE @ JAMBS INSIDE & OUT P-5 G 1 / 18 GA FRAMING 16" O.C., TYP. GWB PAINTED WOOD BASE BELOW RECESSED WET BLACK SILICONE, TYP. STOP/HOLD OPEN 1"X 1°X1/8" GLAZING CHANNEL (PC -1 \\\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ ) STOREFRONT PLAN DETAIL `\/ SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" 5/8" GWB TYPICAL 1/2" FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD AP -1 ALUMINUM COMPOSITE PANEL SYSTEM, TYR 3/4" ALUMINUM REVEAL 3/16" MAX. k -1\ PROVIDE CONSISTENT JOINT WHERE PANEL MEETS GLAZING CHANNEL TYP. Loa 114°4y 5 1/2" t ° RECESSED BLACK SILICONE @ ALL GLASS BUTT JOINTS, TYP. \ / / / / / \• / 114/ SENSORMATIC ANTENNA CONCEALED UNDER FLOOR 18 GA BOX COLUMN, (2) X 3 5/8" STUDS + (2) X 3 5/8' TRACKS FLOOR TO STRUCTURE ABOVE, TYP 1 ,\\ \ ! \\` 1 \ RECESSED BLACK SILICONE @ MITER GLASS BUTT JOINT, TYP. GL -11 TYP. \ \ ,; '\\\\\ \ \ \ \ - \ ` 5/4 DOOR JAMB \ \ / - — ' — --I CSI \ / ILLUMINATED BLADE SIGN LEASE LINE, TYP. ±15'-6° T.O. STOREFRONT ADJACENT TENANT STOREFRONT FINISH T11'-OnA.i=E T.O. GLAZING ILLUMINATED BLADE SIGN TEMPERED STARPHIRE GLASS, TYP. AP -1 BLACK ALUM. COMPOSITE PANEL SYSTEM PC -1 BLACK ALUMNIUM TUBE 0`-0" A.F.F. MALL FINISHED FLOOR PC -1 BLACK GLAZING CHANNEL SOLID WOOD DOOR WI RAISED PANEL W/ TRIM DOOR PULL P -5G 1/2° X 1 1/2" DOOR STOP, TYP. P -5G I • PTD. MOULDING P -5G I PLINTH BELOW LEASE LINE P -5G P -5G MALL TILE 5/32" BEVELED EDGE, TYP FOR BOTH BEVELED EDGE GLASS, INSIDE ONLY ALUMINUM COMPOSITE PANEL AP -1 SYSTEM NOTES; 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS SHOWING SEAMING PATTERN & TYPICAL MOUNTING DETAILS FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION. 2. NULOOK EXTERIORS, INC., (952) 882-8787 IS AN APPROVED SUBCONTRACTOR TO FABRICATE AND/OR I NSTALLTHE PANEL SYSTEM. CONTRACTOR MAY SUBMIT PRICING FROM OTHER SUBCONTRACTORS, HOWEVER THEY MUST SUBMIT QUALIFICATIONS AND BE APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT AND THE OWNER. 3. SUBSTRATES UPON WHICH COMPOSITE PANELS SHALL BE MOUNTED, SHALL BE FRAMED ABSOLUTELY PLUMB, AND IN LOCATION AS SHOWN IN DRAWINGS SO THAT THE FLUSH RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN COMPOSITE PANELS MAY BE ACHIEVED. SUBSTRATE SHALL BE SECURED SUCH THAT NO BOWING OCCURS WHEN PANELS ARE INSTALLED. 4. IF SUBSTRATE INSTALL REQUIRES IT, PROVIDE PLASTIC SHIMS TO TRUE UP MOUNTING CLEATS. 5. THE PANEL MATERIAL SHALL BE ALPOLIC 4MM4TOB8 TOB BLACK, OR APPROVED EQUAL. PROVIDE GUSSETS AS REQUIRED TO PREVENT OIL -CANNING. 6. ALL PANELS SHALL HAVE EDGES ROUTED AND RETURNED WITH FACE 1" IN FRONT OF SUBSTRATE. 7. PANELS ARE TO BE MECHANICALLY FASTENED WITH CONCELED FASTENERS. THE ENGINEERING OF THE METHOD OF ATTACHMENT SHALL BE THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. 8. PANEL JOINTS TO BE TIGHT WITHOUT SEALANT. GENERAL NOTES: 1. BIDDERS SHALL SUBMIT THE NAMES AND QUALIFICATIONS OF THEIR SUBCONTRACTOR(S) FOR THE STOREFRONT WORK AT TIME OF BID OR NO LATER THAN DURING QUALIFICATION; PRIOR TO AWARD. 2. COMPLETE SHOP DRAWINGS MUST BE SUBMITTED WITHIN THREE WEEKS OF AWARD OF CONTRACT. CONTRACTOR MAY UTILIZE CAD DRAWING SUPPLIED BY THE ARCHITECT, WITH ADDITIONAL ANNOTATIONS INDICATING ANCHOR TYPES AND SPACING, GLASS TYPES, AND ANY VARIATION FROM THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS. FAILURE TO SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS WILL RESULT IN WITHHOLDING A PORTION OF THE CONTRACT AMOUNT FOR FAILURE TO COMPLETE CONTRACT WORK. 3. THE ENGINEERING OF THE STOREFRONT SYSTEM, GLAZING AND DOORS SHALL BE THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. INDICATE THICKNESS AND SPECS ON ALL PROPOSED MATERIALS. INDICATE ALL ANCHORS/ FASTENERS AND SPACING. 4. SIGNS ARE BY OWNERS VENDOR. GC MUST COORDINATE WORK WITH THIS VENDOR DIRECTLY. A. G.C. SHALL COORDINATE WITH SIGN VENDOR TO INSURE THAT THE ALUMINUM SIGN PANEL AND SIGNAGE COMPONENTS ARE FABRICATED IN A WAY THAT ALLOWS THE SIGN PANEL TO BE INSTALLED USING THE TYPICAL CLEAT SYSTEM; THAT ALLOWS REQUIRED ACCESS TO ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS; AND THAT IS SIZED AS SHOWN ON THESE DRAWINGS. B. G.C. SHALL FABRICATE PANEL AND SHIP TO THE SIGN VENDOR WHO WILL FABRICATE SIGN AND INSTALL PANEL WITH ASSISTANCE OF THE G.C. 5. SIGNAGE VENDOR SHALL SUBMIT SIGNAGE SHOP DRAWINGS FOR LANDLORD'S APPROVAL BEFORE FABRICATION. 6. DOOR AND JAMB FINISH SHALL BE AS NOTED ON DRAWINGS AND INDICATED IN THE FINISH SCHEDULE. PRIMER BY SPRAY AND FINISH COAT(S) BY BRUSH. SUBMIT SAMPLE OF BRUSH STROKED FINISH FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO PROCEEDING. 7. GLASS SHALL BE THICKNESS REQUIRED FOR THE GLASS SIZE, ALL EDGES TO BE POLISHED, TYPE SHALL BE AS NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS AND INDICATED IN THE FINISH SCHEDULE. 8. GLAZING CHANNELS SHALL MATCH PROFILES SHOWN EXACTLY. IF CHANNELS OF SIZE SHOWN ARE NOT READILY AVAILABLE, THEY ARE TO BE RIPPED OUT OF TUBES. ALL EXTRUSIONS SHALL BE 1/8" THICK MINIMUM. 9. GLAZING CHANNELS SHALL BE POWDER COATED TO MATCH THE ALUMINUM COMPOSITE PANELS. 10.GLAZING MATERIAL SHALL BE WET BLACK SILICONE RECESSED IN SLIGHTLY FROM THE EDGE OF THE GLAZING CHANNEL LEGS. IN NO CASE SHALL GLAZING PROTRUDE FROM THE GLAZING CHANNEL. 11. THE GLASS EDGES AT BUTT AND MITER JOINTS SHALL BE BEVELED SLIGHTLY. THESE JOINTS SHALL BE SEALED WITH BLACK SILICONE RECESSED BACK THE DEPTH OF THE BEVELS., 12. SUBSTRATES UPON WHICH ALUMINUM COMPOSITE PANELS SHALL BE MOUNTED SHALL BE A -C PLYWOOD FRAMED ABSOLUTELY PLUMB. SUBSTRATE SHALL BE SECURED SUCH THAT NO BOWING OCCURS WHEN ALUMINUM COMPOSITE PANEL IS INSTALLED. 1 ADJACENT TENANT STOREFRONT LINE 1)(3)..3/4b REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED AUG 992013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA. JUL 222013 PERMIT CENTER L':TMARCHITECT DennisTX,0tcksel! NCARB. Alk 6031. I-20 West, Suite 260 Arlington. TX. 76017 P:817.265.2415 F:017.403.7277 Gfli c e Rep Ip©❑tm A roil i te•.t.eam All rights reserved. No part of these drawings or specifications may be copied, reproduced or used in connection with any work, other than the specific project for which they have been prepared, without prior written authorization from the Architect. J.CREW Southcenter Mall 633 Southcenter Mall Space No. 676 Tukwila, WA 98188 Level: Ground Floor J.Crew No. 807 Project No. 1339 TERED ARCiffECT STATE Of WASHHt9GT0t NO. DATE ISSUE 07-17-13 Issue for Permit 07-17-13 Issue for Bid 07-17-13 Issue for LL & Client Review Storefront Plans & Elevations A-3.0 2 C) Co co co r N- N- Nalumes/projects_ACTIVE/J.Crew/J.Crew Projects/1339 Southcenter Mall/Project-WorkingFiles/!1339-Southcenter Mall.pin GWB FINISHED 3/4" PLYWD. TOP OVER GWB, PAINT P-5 1/2" F.T PLYWD WI GWB ABOVE & BELOW GWB OVER 1/2" F.T. PLYWD. FULL HEIGHT STUDS: PROVIDE CONT16° O.C. TRACK AT BASE ATTACHED TO EXIST. CONC. SLAB AT 12° O.C. FINISH WOOD FLOORING AND SUBFLOORING DISPLAY WINDOW SECTION @ DISPLAY WINDOW SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" FACE OF FINISH FABRICATED ALLUMINUM SIGN BOX W/ LED UNIT INSIDE. PAINTED MATTE BLACK ON ALL SIDES 2'-9" r I/ -4 777 / Ft) CLEAR ACRYLIC PUSH THRU LETTERS W/ BACKER PANEL (A)FRONT ELEVATION \, t (Th ILLUMINATED BLADE SIGN DETAILS SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0" ±15'-6" T.O. STOREFRONT PROVIDE GWB SMOKE BARRIER, FIRE TAPED & STOPPED EXISTING MALL FRAMING L iv -on B.O. GLAZING CHANNAL I /r // t —+I+ • ++E +4'i }--- ++ ++- 1 1'-o`/ / RED ON WHITESIGN / BLADE INSERT EXIT SHOPPER TRAK SCHEDULED RECESSED LIGHT FIXTURE WHERE OCCURS, PROVIDE CLEAN CUT OUT IN CORIAN FOR FIXTURE ONE PANEL, NO JOINTS @ SOFFIT LEASE LINE / STOREFRONT LINE ENTRY VESTIBULE f 4 HEAD OFF FRAMING FOR SIGN BOX 1° THICK PUSH-THRU ACRYLIC LE I I ERS W/ LIT BACK BOX FIXED TO ALUMINUM COMPOSITE PANEL PRIOR TO INSTALL. SEE SIGNAGE COORDINATION NOTES FOR MORE INFO. 3 ; MALL SECTION @ ENTRY VESTIBULE (2') � y SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" f't rE3) SIDE ELEVATION NOTE: DRAWINGS SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. SIGNAGE VENDOR TO PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS TO THE LANDLORD FOR APPROVAL. SEE DWG. 1 FOR ALL ADDITIONAL NOTES 1/8" PLATE TRANSITION STRIP @ t DOOR SLOPE MALL TILE DOWN TO MEET EXISTG MALL FINISH ELE SET MALL TILE FLUSH WITH EXISTG MALL TILE II 1/2° FT. PLYWOOD GWB BOX BEAM, TYP. PAINTABLE SEALANT 5/4 JAMB WOOD STOP ENTRY DOOR 1 F 1 II i? r t' :4 \ ii 3 ` SECTION THROUGH ENTRY DOORS SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" J SEE STRUCTURAL DWG. FOR FRAMING / I i t , l STOREFRONT DETAIL SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" DISPLAY WINDOW RECESSED WET BLACK SILICONE SEALANT TO MATCH WOOD FLOORING EXISTING SLAB TO. FINISH FLOOR SHIM LEVEL N 44 114" z 2 Tat //%7 , ;,air /1/./2Y/1/.//,'( / 1,1 , ,ii//i/% ✓ i/ ,/r•r///J. MALL 1/f / / / /// / / / 44 , 4"x1/8" ALUM. GLAZING PLATE@ BOTH SIDES,TYP. PC -1 GLAZING BLOCK CONT. ALUM. SHIMS BETWEEN SCREWS 3/4`x 2"x1/8" ALUM. TUBE ANCHOR TYPE & SPACING BY STOREFRONT FABRICATOR. MALL TILE WELDS, TYP. (-6-) SECTION THROUGH DISPLAY WINDOW BASE HALF FULL SCALE L` 1/2° PLYWD. / GWB RECEPTACLE, TYP. DISPLAY WINDOW / / .®� 1/2" FT PLYWD. 5/8° GWB T&S EDGE TRIM DRILL & TAP 1" x 2° x 1/8" GLAZING CHANNEL, TYR @ TOP & SIDES PC -1 PAINTABLE SEALANT TO MATCH GWB GL -1 GLASS LEASE LINE! STOREFRONT LINE MALL 4 4 .r a z AP -1 1"X4` ALUM IN UM TUBE. CAP AT EXPOSED ENDS MITER CORNERS. MALL TILE PC -1 Ito LREVIENED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED AUG 792013 tY I DTMARCHITECT Dennis T. MiicFell NCARB. RIA 603114) West. Suite 260 4r&ngtort.Tx ;76017 P:317.265.2415 F: 17.4E3.7377 Gflf c eRe ply©DtmA rch itect. eom All rights reserved. No part of these drawings or specifications may be copied, reproduced or used in connection with any work, other than the specific project for which they have been prepared, without prior written authorization from the Architect. SECTION THROUGH STOREFRONT ALUM. PANEL SYSTEM HALF FULL SCALE Ci of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWIL.A JUL Z22013 PERMIT CENTER Southcenter Mall 633 Southcenter Mall Space No. 676 Tukwila, WA 98188 Level: Ground Floor J.Crew No. 807 Project No. 1339 AfiCiiirEer UL 1 2013 D Nt4IS T. MITCt€LL STATE OF VIASHIGTON NO. DATE 07-17-13 07-17-13 07-17-13 ISSUE Issue for Permit Issue for Bid Issue for LL & Client Review Storefront Sections & Details A-3.1 7/17/13 6:39 PM Nolumes/projects_ACTIVE/J.Crew/J.Crew Projects/1339 Southcenter Mall/Project-WorkingFiles/!1339-Southcenter Mall.pin • IN MEN'S SALES GWB (U.O.N.) TYP. P-11 M / r PROVIDE BLOCKING BETWEEN STUDS @ MOUNTING POINTS, TYP. r/ PROVIDE PAINT -TO -PAINT FINISH WITH SHARP LINE DEMARKING DIFFERENT PAINT FINISHES BETWEEN MENS AND WOMENS SALES PORTAL WALL MOUNTED BACKWRAP FRAME BEYOND, TYP. PENDANT LIGHT OVER CASHWRAP, TYP. IN WOMEN'S SALES GWB (U.O.N.) TYP. P-10 M WALL MOUNTED SPEAKER TYR t PROVIDE PAINT -TO -PAINT FINISH WITH SHARP LINE DEMARKING DIFFERENT PAINT FINISHES, TYP. 0 ° ❑ \ ,- c A L GWB, TYP. P-11 M i GWB, TYP. GWB, TYP. -7 —GWB,Tt'P.— r r GWB, TYP_ 7 0r r F - D -co P-10 ` M d P-10 M P-10 M L P-10 M `\ \ \ \ \ / • = P-10 M :` (i ( I r 1i / \ i \% i /\ / \• / \ / �. ` - — — \ - _-- FatIng 9 1/ \ J \`tlmmk I _ / L / \ / \ I J L L -I—I,' r. ,/,' �� - / I c ■ J \ I r \ I / FI OPI�U NG L _ ._ - - J / / r- 1 GWB 1 •t f ! / / i ,. !1 t 1 ,, /!/ TYP / \ r , /,• \ \ i // / \ \ ` ,/ / / r \ \ \ (� 1 � INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" r 1 ti PROVIDE PAINT -TO -PAINT FINISH WITH SHARP LINE DEMARKING DIFFERENT PAINT FINISHES, TYP. GWB, TYP. -77 P -10M BAYS, SEE A-1.2 FOR FINISH, TYP. MIRRORED DOOR BAYS, TYP. FIRE ALARM / 7.1 GWB, TYP. P-10 M fr i L GWB, TYR 7 P-10 M 1 J l/ _J PROVIDE PAINT -TO -PAINT FINISH WITH SHARP LINE DEMARKING DIFFERENT PAINT FINISHES BETWEEN MENS AND WOMENS SALES GWB, TYP. -� f P-10 M —1- 1 J T L. L GWB, TYP —T P-11 M \ A-6.0' TYP. } Q o � INTERIOR ELEVATION 2 / SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" BAYS, TYP. BAYS, TYP 9. PORTAL • • • • INTERIOR ELEVATION ,� ) SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" STOREFRONT BEYOND • / • r GWB, TYP. P-10 M BAYS, TYP. N 4. PORTAL L.GWB,TYP. \ 0 t. \ \. \ ,- GWB, TYP. —7 A L GWB, TYP. P-11 M \\ // / P-11 M —GWB,Tt'P.— r _ r 7 fittix�IRoamsN / `\,/ \ I r F - D -co P-10 ` M —" o P-10 M L O N•TO B ND /' \\ / / \ `\ \ \ \ \ • • :` (i ( I r 1i / \ i \% i /\ / \• / \ / �. ` - / / , ! f/ ;/ / \ / r \ / \:. I / \ / \ -I—I,' INTERIOR ELEVATION i SCALE: 1/4" =1'-0" i PORTAL FIRE ALARM P-11 M COLUMN ENCLOSURE TYP. ® Eal \ 0 t. \ \. `\ / \\ // • \\ /// \\ // / / ♦ , \\/ \\ // O\ NTO/ PE BEND ` i ` ` // N. \ \ \ \ / \ // \\ ,' 4\' `\\ V/ \ `. r— GWB, TYP. —7 ,GWB, TYP. L GWB, TYP. P-11 M -1 P-11 M r r _ r 7 fittix�IRoamsN I r F - D -co • —" o 1 L L .. k \ \ J r \ \ • • :` (i ( I r 1i / \ i \% i /\ / \• / \ / �. ` - / / , ! f/ ;/ / \ -t r / \:. I (-6-) INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" =1'-0" FIRE ALARM BAYS, TYP. Of GWB, TYP. / TYP. 7 / \\\\ /''/ / \\\ ,/ \ / OPEN'fO BEYOND / / .• \ \ ,/' \ '/ \ '/ \\\ //' \ / BED / \ ,GWB, TYP. — GWB, TYP. P-10 M -1 P-10 M, r - L. / • —" o \ L 3 f J r \ \ • A-6.0 TYP. INTERIOR ELEVATION ( ; SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" BAYS, TYP. Q PORTAL (7 TYP. 7 \ Or/./ \ '/ \\\ //' \ / BED / \ — GWB, TYP. `\\ // \ \\ / /' \ / \ // \\ / • OPEN,T0 BEYOND \ /. // \\ /' \ • / \ / \ \ /' \ •% `,r-1-- -1 P-10 M P-10 M P-10 M / •\ —" o L 3 f J r \ -- J • A-6.0 TYP. - (7 7 \ INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" -6.0 TYP. BAYS, TYR r -J 7-2-\ I\A-6.o TYP 1 J / f / r - GWB, TYP. P-11 M 1 \\ INTERIOR ELEVATION o SCALE: 1/4". 1P-0" BAYS, TYP. GWB, TYP. 7 \ '/ \\\ //' \ / BED / \ GWB, TYP. P-10 M P-10 M / •\ � \` SENSOR (' \ INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" =1'-0" BAYS, TYP 11 r GWB, TYP. P-10 M 1 1 • \ • / • • • OPEN, TO BEYOND / / / \ \ • • • • • • • • • • • INTERIOR ELEVATION ) SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" ..1 DISPLAY WINDOW ELEVATIONS SCALE: 1/4" = i'-0" tis rool , PORTAL FITTING AREA • RECEIVED CITY OF TUK\Affi..4 JUL Z22013 PERMIT CENTER ACCESS DOOR, TYP. LEVIEfli'ED FOR DE COMPLIANCE APPROVED AUG 792013 City of Tukwila ILDING DIVISION NOTE: CAULK WHERE ALL SURFACE, MOUNTED E DTMARCHITECT DennisT Mitchell t -GARB. hl. 6031 I-2.0 :Nett. Suite 260 Allington. TX_ 7601 P:817.265.2415 F:817.463.7377 GfficeRept jt3DImAichlte•ct.com. All rights reserved. No part of these drawings or specifications may be copied, reproduced or used in connection with any work, other than the specific project for which they have been prepared, without prior written authorization from the Architect. J,CREW Southcenter Mall 633 Southcenter Mall Space No. 676 Tukwila, WA 98188 Level: Ground Floor J.Crew No. 807 Project No. 1339 ITER DEDE ARCHITECT jug2013 DEt*IIS i Waal tll STATE OF WASHINGTON NO. DATE ISSUE 07-17-13 Issue for Permit 07-17-13 Issue for Bid 07-17-13 Issue for LL & Client Review Interior Elevations A-4.0 18" X 36" SURFACE MOUNTED MIRROR PLUMBING FIXTURES AND ACCESSORIES SHALL BE OF WATER CONSERVING TYPE. WATER CLOSET TO BE EQUIPPED WITH SLOAN "FLUSHMATE" OR EQUAL, PRESSURE ASSISTED FLUSHING DEVICE SHOPPER TRACK DATA BELOW COUNTER RUN CONDUIT BACK TO SHOPPER TRACK AT FRONT OF STORE. ISP PC DATA, QUAD & TEL. LOCATED ON SHELF BELOW COUNTER DATA & DUPLEX (OVER COUNTER) SEE ELEVATION FOR OUTLET LOCATIONS 2'-4" it ;4 - L EMAIL PC DATA, QUAD & TEL. (LOCATED ON SHELF BELOW COUNTER. RUN CONDUIT TO TIME CLOCK) RCA JACK FOR TIE INTO MUSIC ON HOLD SHELF ABOVE DMX QUAD & TEL SHELF ABOVE. (TEL. LINE TO BE SHARED W/ FAX LINE) i I Iii I i l it it 1, OFFICE PLANS f SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" 1,-1" FAX/PRINTER/COPY ON TABLE PROVIDE PLYWOOD BLOCKING BEHIND WALL & SHELVES. TYP. SAFE ON FLOOR WIRE GROMMETS, 18" O.C. TYP. (NOT ALL SHOWN FOR CLARITY) P -LAM SUPPORT PANEL BELOW, TYP. SHELVES ON HEAVY-DUTY STANDARDS 13"X20" P -LAM SHELF BELOW Q OF MIRROR V-6" i INSULATE ALL EXPOSED 8u PIPING BELOW LAV WITH 'LAV GUARD' RECEPTACLE 0 if r L=__ I ii / 1 A\1 ' / I f V1/ ! i OF FIXTURE i 6" MAX. OF FIXTURE 9 FLUSH CONTROL ON OPEN SIDE GRAB BAR PLYWOOD SHEET BLOCKING BEHIND GWB FINISH DATA & DUPLEX PRINT/COPY/FAX Q • 1'-o" 1' 1'-0" 1• HEAVY-DUTY STANDARDS W/ HEAVY- DUTY EAVYDUTY BRACKETS & SUPPORT SHELVES i ! i /I GROMMET LOCATIONS EVERY 1'-6" O.C., TYP. DATA, QUAD &TEL r 2'-4" K 0 0 0 J L__ 7 1' - 0 0 as r iClI O. II DMX SYST. ON SHELF, NO RACK DMX QUAD & TEL (TEL LINE TO BE SHARED W/ FAX UNE) RCA JACK FOR TIE INTO MUSIC ON HOLD FLAT SCREEN MONITOR ISP PC DATA, QUAD & TEL T-9° X72 f OFFICE ELEVATION SCALE: 1/2" = 11-0" GRAB BARS PTD. WATERPROOF GWB, TYP. • 3'-4" 1, -on 3'-6" MIN. I m MAX. „, 8")r, P-10 X TYP. SHOPPER TRACK DATA BELOW COUNTER RUN CONDUIT BACK TO SHOPPER TRACK AT FRONT OF STORE. SAFE PTD. WATERPROOF GWB, TYP. SURFACE MOUNTED CHANGING STATION. INSTALL PER MFRS RECOMMENDATION. PROVIDE WATERPROOF MEMBRANE UNDER FLOORING TURNED UP 6° ON ALL WALLS \, t MELAMINE SHELVING ON HEAVY-DUTY BRACKETS; SEE ELEVATIONS FOR DEPTHS .411 0 T a: I- C9 1'-0", U.O.N., SEE ELEVATIONS HEAVY-DUTY STANDARDS NOTES: 1. PROVIDE BLOCKING IN GYP BOARD WALL AS REQUIRED. 2. SEE FINISH SCHEDULE SHT. ALSO FOR P.LAM SPECS. 3. SEE DIVISION 6B, ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK, SHEET A-0.2 FOR ADDITIONAL NOTES AND SPECIFICATIONS. 4. VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS IN FIELD. GROMMET; SEE PLAN P -LAM COUNTERTOP C'3 CONTINUOUS 3/4" P -LAM. WALL CLEATS @ COUNTER PERIMETER l 9" . Q. PEG P -LAM CURVED DIVIDER; SEE ELEVATIONS 2" DIA. CUT-OUT, TYP. CLIP ANGLE, TYP. EACH DIVIDER OFFICE COUNTER SECTION SCALE: 1 1/2" = 11-0" HAND DRYER B.O. , TOILET ROOM ELEVATIONS SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" RESTROOM ACCESSORIES ITEM MANUFACTURER / MODEL REMARKS SURFACE MOUNTED ANGLE FRAME MIRROR AMERICAN SPECIALITIES, INC. ASI MODEL #0600 (18" x 36") SATIN' STAINLESS STEEL FRAME RECESSED TISSUE PAPER HOLDER GATCO, INC. MODEL #782 W/ MOUNTING BRACKET CHROME FINISH SURFACE MOUNTED GRAB BARS A&J WASHROOM ACCESSORIES MODEL #UG30-A42 (QTY: 2) SATIN STAINLESS STEEL, LENGTHS AS REQUIRED ELECTRICAL HAND DRYER OWNER SUPPLY G.C. INSTALL BABY CHANGING STATION OWNER SUPPLY G.C. INSTALL NOTE: CAULK WHERE ALL SURFACE, MOUNTED EQUIPMENT MEETS WALL b 3-1)-1 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED AUG 992013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUL 222013 PERMIT CENTER %.ennisT;Mittheit t+ICAt t . R!£i 653k I7:20 West. $ufte26] .At1ingibn._TJt76017 PY817.26552415 Ff&17:41&3.7377 G)tieeRepVieattnArthite t.eom, All rights reserved. No part of these drawings or specifications may be copied, reproduced or used in connection with any work, other than the specific project for which they have been prepared, without prior written authorization from the Architect. J.CREW Southcenter Mall 633 Southcenter Mall Space No. 676 Tukwila, WA 98188 Level: Ground Floor J.Crew No. 807 Project No. 1339 6500 STEREO "�-- ARCHITECT " L l 8 2013 DENNIS T. MITCHELL STATE OF WASHP GTON NO. DATE ISSUE 07-17-13 Issue for Permit 07-17-13 Issue for Bid 07-17-13 Issue for LL & Client Review Office & Restroom A-4.1 2 0) Cr) C13 Et =as cncY, cD LE 0 c a) 0 cn c) co 13 0 15 ci E CD a) • WHERE TYP. SHELVING WIDTH DOES NOT FIT: X 4'-0" MAX. IF X = 2'-6" OR GREATER, Y= 2'-O" IF X = 2'-O" TO 2'-6", Y = 1'-6" IF X = LESS THAN 2'-0", Y = 1'-0" 13'-0" A. F. F. OR lb 1'-6" BELOW CLG.,' WHICHEVER IS LOWER, TYP. TYP. COMPONENTS SURFACE MOUNTED STANDARDS HEAVY DUTY 4'-O" TYP. x EQ. 2'-0" TYP. EQ. BRACKETS WITH NOSING CLIPS ADJUSTABLE 3/4" x 1'-4" DEEP x 4'-0" MELAMINE SHELVES 7'-O" A. F. F. 2'-0" A.EF. (11 .SHELF Avel o 100 9 -LE TF 1— r 00 00 10 --u-' 1 TYPICAL FULL HEIGHT SHELVING TYPICAL HIGH SHELVING SHIPPING TABLE 11 —1 I- . LL It a 4' 0" COAT RACK/ HANGBAR W/ 8" BRACKETS, SEE / PLAN FOR LOCATION 11 PEG BOARD, 4'-O" x TYP. U.O.N. ON PLAN \-- 9 10 19 Zo DASHED ITEMS PROVIDED BY OWNER, TYR P.LAM -4- BACKSPLASH TYR REFRIGERATOR 9 co 0 0 0 ! 2'-6" 1'-8" : 0 Ts) 1 I 1 1 I I I I I I I I I I I IL 11 I I I I I I I I I I i I I I I I I 1 —I i L JI I I r I I I I I I I IL 11 • I I I I I I I I i I I • i I I O 0000.00000 O D 00.00.0a 0 O 000000 0000 • = Z00.00 o Goa cloaca no oft ea o O 0000000000 O 0000 O 00 000.000 O 00003 a 0000 O .0 0 0000 Oa a O 0000000000 O 00.00 =0 O 000000 0000 O 0000000.00 0.00000 .000 O 0.00.0 0.00 . ir_ 0 0 0=00 ZOO a O 0000000000 \I STOCK HIGH SHELVING HARDWARE SCHEDULE: MANUFACTURER: OUTWATER MANUFACTURER: KNAPE & VOGT HEAVY DUTY STANDARD STA -2000 HEAVY DUTY BRACKET STA -2001 HANG ROD ATTACHMENT 224 HANG ROD 750-1 /7-.1-) TYPICAL STOCK SHELVING & FIXTURE DETAIL ) SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" 'HS' FIXTURES (HANGER SHELVES) \ COAT RACK KITCHENETTE LOCKERS NOTES: 1. 3/4" F.R.T. BLOCKING SHALL BE LOCATED BETWEEN STUDS BEHIND ALL STOCK SHELVING STANDARDS, PEG BOARD, AND ANY WALL MOUNTED FIXTURES, TYP. 2. THESE ELEVATIONS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND SHOW HOW SHELVING SHOULD BE INSTALLED AROUND CERTAIN FIXTURES. THEY DO NOT REPRESENT ALL SHELVING IN THE STOCK AREAS. SEE BACK OF HOUSE ELEVATIONS FOR FULL SHELVING SCOPE. 3. FINISHES ARE AS NOTED ON BACK OF HOUSE ELEVATIONS. WATER BOTTLE BAKER RACK HANGBAR PEG BOARD STORAGE ELECTRICAL PANELS. FOR QUANITY & SIZE SEE "E" DRAWINGS 41-0" FIRE ALARM •±310" PEG BOARD MOP SINK GWB 4 "---1 P-10 E 4 BACK OF HOUSE ELEVATION y SCALE: 1/4" =1-0" LIGHTSTAT ELECTRICAL PANELS PANEL EI 11 KITCHENETTE HANGBAR STORAGE GWB TYR — ---- -1 –1– 1 —IF- – ROLLING SHELVING FIXTURES, TYP --1 31-6" 4LOg 4'-0" 41-0" 3'-0" / ( BACK OF HOUSE ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-O" OPIXITO BEND / GWB P-10 E WATER COOLER TYP. 0' /1 LOCKERS DRINKING FOUNTAIN HANGER STORAGE COAT RACK BACK OF HOUSE ELEVATION / SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 1.1 TELEPHONE BOARD / 1 r / OP6i TO BEND / , \ BACK OF HOUSE ELEVATION ( SCALE: 1/4" = 1 1 1 I 1 / X I OP TO BEY19ND x •1/4. ; / ; r a a SHIPPING TABLE GWB P-10 E TYP. i 0 -) BACK OF HOUSE ELEVATION `.\\ I SCALE: 1/4" = SIGNAGE ON DOOR, TYP. >- Q. OF DOOR X X. 1 11 1 I _ OPEM TO BEYOND ; I 1 t/ ( \ BACK OF HOUSE ELEVATION \ SCALE: 114" = 1 • X11 011 HEAVY-DUTY STANDARDS MELAMINE SHELVING ON HEAVY-DUTY BRACKETS; SEE ELEVATIONS FOR QUANTITIES AND DEPTHS 12" BRACKET, TYP. F.O. SCHEDULED PARTITION 3/4" P -LAM BACKSPLASH BLOCKING AS REQ'D 2'-1" DEEP 3/4" P -LAM COUNTERTOP / • CONTINUOUS 3/4" P -LAM / WALL CLEATS @ COUNTER PERIMETER P -LAM DIVIDER WHERE OCCURS; SEE ELEVATIONS CLIP ANGLE, TYP. EACH DIVIDER 911 n \ KITCHENETTE SECTION SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-O" ( \\ BACK OF HOUSE ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" = 11-0" 1 ED GWB L --1 P-10 E TYR I I I _ r - —11 BAKER'S RACK ; BACK OF HOUSE ELEVATION , SCALE: 1/4" = FIRE ALARM MTN 4 GWB P-10 E TYP. r Q. OF DOOR / i / Eff CEILING MOUNTED EXIT SIGN 2) BACK OF HOUSE ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" = / \ /0 - if \ f .7 \ 1/ \ V WATER HEATER. SEE P DWG SHELF OF 3/4" FT. PLWD ON TOP OF 3 5/8" 18GA STUDS PTD TRIM MOP SINK flL ( 3 \I MOP SINK SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" MARLITE PANELS 3 SIDES REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED AUG 9 9 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUL 2 2 2013 PERMIT CENTER DT ARCHITECT DenrilsT Mitchpil HCA.RB. 60341.20 xicrgst, Suite26O Arlington. TX.. 76017 P1317.265.2414 F:B17.4133.7377 OfficeROphrigDfrnArOit,Itcom All rights reserved. No part of these drawings or specifications may be copied, reproduced or used in connection with any work, other than the specific project for which they have been prepared, without prior written authorization from the Architect. ICREW Southcenter Mall 633 Southcenter Mall Space No. 676 Tukwila, WA 98188 Level: Ground Floor J.Crew No. 807 Project No. 1339 6500 RED tw-ACHITECT 2013 DENNIS T. MITCHELL STATE OF WASHINGTON NO. DATE ISSUE 07-17-13 Issue for Permit 07-17-13 Issue for Bid 07-17-13 Issue for LL & Client Review Back of House Am4.2 q. OF DOOR CEILING MOUNTED EXIT SIGN SENSOR WALL PHONE 1 L I I P-10 E GWB, TYP. / C to rr' i FITTING AREA ELEVATIONS 1 SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0" / P -i0 EJ GWB, TYR l I. PEG 0 i PROVIDE FIRE TREATED 3/4" PLYWOOD BLOCKING, BETWEEN STUDS, TYP WHERE INDICATED BY DASHED LINES FIXED SHELF, SCRIBE TO WALL, TYP COUNTER, TYP. PULL OUTTRAY & CABINET, —\\ \ \ TYP :t. WD -2 CR -1 I WD -2 . OF PORTAL OPEN TO. WOMEN'S SALES ./ NN CEILING MOUNTED EXIT SIGN P-10 G 9 /„ / P-10 E GWB, TYP. SALES AREA PORTAL SALES AREA K.0 N.C. SYMBOL ON H.C. F. R. DOOR P 10G OPN1TO MM'S SALES \ r i I �/ J. i' I I PORTAL FIRE ALARM P-10 E 1 L GWB, TYP. A TYPICAL FITTING ROOM ELEVATIONS FIRE ALARM PEG M-1 1 HANGBAR WD -2 PROTECTION BOARD SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0" PEG PEG, TYP. M-1 4 0-0' V / 3 1 EQ. EQ. 1 GWB, TY" 1 P-10 E 1 1 4`; HANDICAPPED FITTING ROOM ELEVATIONS SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0" HANGBAR M-1 PROTECTION BOARD WD -2 PROVIDE FIRE TREATED 314' PLYWOOD—, BLOCKING, BETWEEN STUDS, TYP. WHERE INDICATED BY DASHED LINES WD -2 PROTECTION BOARD PEG, TYP H.C. BENCH WD -2 NOTE: CAULK WHERE ALL SURFACE, MOUNTED EQUIPMENT MEETS WALL b013-42.4 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED AUG 992013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUL 222013 PERMIT CENTER G:Tht?:R C H ITECT benriisT.:Nlitchelt t4C fiB. Rlfi ; 0M I72.0 West $ult61.26 .Aiili ngton.. TX 76017 Pt617.266:2415 Z17:483.71377 GffieegOrO g Diinti rchftect.cern All rights reserved. No part of these drawings or specifications may be copied, reproduced or used in connection with any work, other than the specific project for which they have been prepared, without prior written authorization from the Architect. J.CREW Southcenter Mall. 633 Southcenter Mall Space No. 676 Tukwila, WA 98188 Level: Ground Floor J.Crew No. 807 Project No. 1339 ERED JUL1 [uI DENNIS T. MTCIELL STATE Of WASHINGTON O. DATE ISSUE 07-17-13 Issue for Permit 07-17-13 Issue for Bid 07-17-13 Issue for LL & Client Review Fitting Area Elevations A-5.0 It 1/2"? r " 2"dr dr1 CLG. AS SCHED. F.R.T. BLOCKING BETWEEN STUDS AT BRACKETS. SURFACE MOUNTED METAL STAND-OFF TUBE WITH FLANGE ON EACH END FOR MOUNTING M-1 PROVIDE CLEAR SILICONE @ FLANGE SEE ELEVATIONS FOR HGTS. 1-1 LINE TO BE SET LEVEL IN FIELD ACROSS ALL CASES 3 1 12" CUSTOM FLUSH METAL GROMMETS FOR 5MM PINS, CONTINUE ALL THE WAY TO THE TOP i / T / tom: o iLaK e BAY SECTION \\„._ SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0" 1 1/2" 0 FOR PIN PAD, TYP. nom / / / RIF til p it .1, 1 o o \�/ A / .ate CI ,, ,„ \ , �/ / �\ / . • 11 2`-4 3/4" " 3'-6" 31-6" I 3'-6" / ;\3'-6" `� 111 / TYP 14 -2" 1 \ 4 1 PLAN OF 4 WELL CASHWRAP COUNTER ‘\______„/ SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" 0) \ 9 // i 7 MIRROR BASE,TYP. MIN. JOINT, TYP. / i / fi r // �- M 4 WELL CASHWRAP FRONT ELEVATION 1) SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" 1" CR -1 TYP. CUTOUT FOR SENSORMATIC COMPACT PAD, TYP. BACK PAINTED GLASS, TYP. PRINTER, TYP. TISSUE DRAWER, TYP. REGISTER STATION, TYR POLISHED QUIRD MITER @ CORNERS, TYP. FIXED BACK PAINTED GLASS PANEL, TYP. GROUND SECURED TO FLOOR WITHIN FIN. FLOOR AS SCHED. SIDE ELEVATION SCALE:1/2" =11-0" MTL. TUBE / STILE MTL. TUBE ABOVE M-1 BLOCKING SECURED TO FLOOR, TYP. 5/8" PLYWD. SIDES, FINSH AS INDICATED ON A-1.2 BAY PLAN SECTION �, 2 l SCALE: 1 1/2" 1'-0" BLOCKING SECURED TO FLOOR, TYP. SCRIBE TIGHT TO FLOOR ; BAY SECTION THRU `\ 3 VERTICAL SUPPORT SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0" 14'-2° ( R.O. 14'-21/4" ) ll u II II II II II I I II II II • I SCRIBE TO WALLS, TYP. LINE OF GWB 6" O.C. TYP. (5) VOLUME CONTROLS, MOUNT AT 5'-0" A.F.F. WALL MOUNTED BACKWRAP FRAME. VERIFY MOUNTED LOCATIONS WITH OWNER, TYP. CR -1. TYP. r \; 3, ALIGN EQ f GWB, TYP. i I----1 r----' r ---I —I i1 II I Ii i1 I1 I II I II II I II I it I1 1 Ii I HA L L_J __J EQ. EQ. 8 f r ---I r — ---1 I——I I ----I I li II I1 I 11 Ii I I 1' • II I II II II 11 I it• I. L__J _ L --J -J L -J ,1 €I L I r- r --I r-1 ;I I 11 I I I II I • II iI I II I 1 J J EQ EQ. EQ. 1 1 WD -2 TYP. \ VERTICAL DIVIDER FOR BAG STORAGE, TYP. WD -2 (Th 4 WELL BACKWRAP - ELEVATION SCALE: 112" =1'-0" CABINET WD -2 ...U4 r� GWB, TYP. / 2'-0" 1 SURFACE MOUNTED STANDARDS (2) ADJUSTABLE 3/4" X 1'-4" DEEP MELAMINE SHELVES (2) ADJUSTABLE HANG BARS, WI 8" BRACKETS HEAVY DUTY BRACKETS WITH NOSING CUPS (1) ADJUSTABLE 3/4" X 1'-4" DEEP MELAMINE SHELVE I '� TYPICAL INTERIOR N CLOSET ELEVATION SEE DWG. 1/A-4.2 FOR STANDARD HARDWARE REVIEWEDFOR CODE COMPLIANCE ' APPROVED AUG 992013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUL 12 2013 PERMIT CENTER CITWM/sRC14IT.ECT i] nnisT;fditehell P4C:9R6. AL. EO31: I.2c West. Suite:260 .Atlinatbn._ TX.:7 Q017 P:817.255,24-4 F117:483.7377 • gfiiceFteplytgINinHii .itect.com All rights reserved. No part of these drawings or specifications may be copied, reproduced or used in connection with any work, other than the specific project for which they have been prepared, without prior written authorization from the Architect. J.CREW Southcenter Mall 633 Southcenter Mall Space No. 676 Tukwila, WA 98188 Level: Ground Floor J.Crew No. 807 Project No. 1339 6500 GISTERED ARCHITECT JUL 132013 DENNIS T. WTCIfLL STATE Of WASHINGTON NO. DATE ISSUE 07-17-13 Issue for Permit 07-17-13 Issue for Bid 07-17-13 Issue for LL & Client Review Millwork Details A-6.0 RIF til 1 ,, ,„ 1 WD -2 TYP. \ VERTICAL DIVIDER FOR BAG STORAGE, TYP. WD -2 (Th 4 WELL BACKWRAP - ELEVATION SCALE: 112" =1'-0" CABINET WD -2 ...U4 r� GWB, TYP. / 2'-0" 1 SURFACE MOUNTED STANDARDS (2) ADJUSTABLE 3/4" X 1'-4" DEEP MELAMINE SHELVES (2) ADJUSTABLE HANG BARS, WI 8" BRACKETS HEAVY DUTY BRACKETS WITH NOSING CUPS (1) ADJUSTABLE 3/4" X 1'-4" DEEP MELAMINE SHELVE I '� TYPICAL INTERIOR N CLOSET ELEVATION SEE DWG. 1/A-4.2 FOR STANDARD HARDWARE REVIEWEDFOR CODE COMPLIANCE ' APPROVED AUG 992013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUL 12 2013 PERMIT CENTER CITWM/sRC14IT.ECT i] nnisT;fditehell P4C:9R6. AL. EO31: I.2c West. Suite:260 .Atlinatbn._ TX.:7 Q017 P:817.255,24-4 F117:483.7377 • gfiiceFteplytgINinHii .itect.com All rights reserved. No part of these drawings or specifications may be copied, reproduced or used in connection with any work, other than the specific project for which they have been prepared, without prior written authorization from the Architect. J.CREW Southcenter Mall 633 Southcenter Mall Space No. 676 Tukwila, WA 98188 Level: Ground Floor J.Crew No. 807 Project No. 1339 6500 GISTERED ARCHITECT JUL 132013 DENNIS T. WTCIfLL STATE Of WASHINGTON NO. DATE ISSUE 07-17-13 Issue for Permit 07-17-13 Issue for Bid 07-17-13 Issue for LL & Client Review Millwork Details A-6.0 Nolumes/projects _ACTIVE/J.Crew/J.Crew Projects/1339 Southcenter Mall/Project-WorkingFiles/11339-Southcenter Mall.pin y VARIES, SEE PLAN >�f SALES .4 MITERED CORNERS TYP. Z -CLIPS F.R.T. PLYWOOD BLOCKING BETWEEN STUDS MIRROR FRAME M-1 METAL ANGLE FASTENED TO FLOOR BEHIND MIRROR BASE AS SCHEDULED (-'\ s,)TYPICAL SALES & FITTING ROOM MIRROR � SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" \ c_u N- 3'-O" 2'-8" TYP. -lf }/ MITERED CORNERS TYP. — FT. PLYWOOD BLOCKING BETWEEN STUDS MIRROR FRAME M-1 FITTING ROOM Z -CLIPS BASE AS SCHEDULED \1 (LI f MITER, WELD, AND POLISH CORNERS 2'-6" 0' l 1 0 i AHANGBAR PLAN &ELEVATION HALF FULL SCALE (4.A FITTING ROOM DETAILS \ HALF FULL SCALE CAULK WHERE BENCH MEETS WALL METAL ANGLE WOOD VENEER INSERT EASED EDGE (LIGHT SANDING) 1'-6" AFF SOLID WOOD -- FRAME AND 2 i/2" - APRON ZNJ PROTECTION BOARD METAL PLATE SECURE TO BLOCKING TOP FRAME SECTION IS LOOSE TO LOAD MIRROR MITRED AT CORNERS SCREWED TO WOOD BACK IN ASSEMBLED POSITION CAULK TO CLOSE OFF GAPS BETWEEN MIRROR AND WALL, IN FITTING ROOM AND AREA ONLY. FIRE TREATED T PLYWOOD IN WALL BEHIND ENTIRE MIRROR "Z" CLIP (MALE) 1 1 /2" 1/4" 1/4 ar -OW 44. "Z" CLIP (FEMALE) WOOD SCREW 3/4" PLYWOOD 29-5/8" x 77-5/8" (BACKER) 7, / x x T TOP FRAME SECTION IS SHIPPED LOOSE TO ALLOW FOR FIELD INSTALL OF GLASS; SCREWED TO PLYWD. BACKER IN ASSEMBLED POSITION "Z" CLIP (MALE) "Z" CLIP (FEMALE) WOOD SCREW BLK'G IN WALL BEHIND "Z" CLIPS F.O. SCHEDULED PARTITION 1/8" TH. X 1 1/2" X 1 1/2" STL. SQUARE EDGE ANGLE W/ FINISH CONTINUOUS WOOD SPACER 1/4" CLEAR GLASS MIRROR X 3/4" PLYWOOD PANEL I TYPICAL MIRROR HEAD (JAMB/BASE SIM) / HALF FULL SCALE .4 . Ea PARTITION PROVIDE 3/4" FT. PLYWOOD BLOCKING, BETWEEN STUDS, TYP. MACHINE RAIL FOR PLATE & TUBES METAL TUBE RECEPTOR, SIZE AS REQ'D. M-1 ti QUI Sy{ 111 l,t ittl tt ± 4�" 77 0 F.O. SCHEDULED PARTITION 3/4" PLYWOOD BACKER SCHEDULED BASE 1/4" CLEAR GLASS MIRROR 1/8" TH. X 1 1/2" X 1 1/2" STL. SQUARE EDGE ANGLE W/ MITERED CORNERS AND FINISH CONTINUOUS WOOD SPACER "`, TYPICAL LEANING MIRROR HEAD (JAMB/BASE SIM) • HALF FULL SCALE 2 7/8" i i 3 1/8" 5'-6" A. F. F. / ,a / 11 r., % / // _ _4'-0" A. F. F. SET SCREWS, FLUSH @ LOW RAIL W/ TUBE M-1 1" METAL TUBE W/ SLIGHTLY EASED CORNERS. HANGBAR SECTION 13, HALF FULL SCALE M-1 3/4" THK. PROTECTION BOARD PROTECTION BOARD TO BE GLUED ON GWB. 0 _J f METAL PLATE - PEG "77377T / ram, .E11L1C'i:1Tu ` , PEG SECTION ; Ci HALF FULL SCALE 414 M-1 5'-6" A. F.F. SEE HANG BAR SECTION DETAIL FOR ADDITIONAL NOTES 2'-O" on lj t i t" F.Q. FILLER N ' BETWEEN PANEL & PARTITION WOOD PANEL SUPPORT If (1) LAYER 3/4" FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD BLOCKING TO 24" AFF, 2 SIDES. F.Q. SCHEDULED PARTITION & BASE n5 WOOD BENCH DETAILS i SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" H1/2" l SECTION VIEW OPEN WOOD PANEL SUPPORT FRONT VIEW REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED AUG 992013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUL 12 2013 PERMIT CENTER -6T ARCHITECT tennisPNCA B. ttl.A ;,0117-2b West. Suite263 Arlington., T.)t.;76Q1 a7 P}317.265:2415 F:517.483.7377 Officel2epljtgDtrnArchiie t.com. All rights reserved. No part of these drawings or specifications may be copied, reproduced or used in connection with any work, other than the specific project for which they have been prepared, without prior written authorization from the Architect. J.CREW Southcenter Mall 633 Southcenter Mall Space No. 676 Tukwila, WA 98188 Level: Ground Floor J.Crew No. 807 Project No. 1339 6500 MCI J L 1 5 2013 DEHt S I MITCHELL STATE Of WASH GTON NO. DATE ISSUE 07-17-13 Issue for Permit 07-17-13 Issue for Bid 07-17-13 Issue for LL & Client Review Millwork & Mirror Details A-6.1 /jhuang/Desktop/!1 339-Southcenl SIM. TYPE WOOD DOOR DOOR TYPES SCALE: 112" = i'-0" CONT, 16 GA METAL TRACK PROVIDE 2 POWER FASTENERS TO STRUCTURAL MEMBER. DO NOTATTACH TO DECK TYR 3 5&B"x18 GA DIAGONAL .».. BRACES 48" 0.C. STAGGER EA SIDE (3)#1O SCREWS FULL HEIGHT 1/2" FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD ONLY IF INDICATED BELOW. SEE PLAN TO DETERMINE WHICH SIDE OF PARTITION SHALL HAVE PLYWD: U.S. FIN, CLG: • SIM. TYPE 2 WOOD FINISH PORTAL PROVIDE FT. BLOCKING BETWEEN STUDS WHERE SHOWN ON ELEVATIONS, Ste TYPE 'X` GWB ON BOTH ,,,,,,,,, SIDES OF 3 5t8" 2OGA. METAL • STUDS t§% 16" 0 e. MAX. SHIM & BRACE AS REQD. SCHEDULED BASE ---------- ------- METAL --METAL RUNNER TRACK Wi FASTENERS t 241" O.G. MAX 4 NC3fsL-RATED PARTIT 7' SIM. SIM PAINTED METAL ILE TYPE 3 METAL DOOR CONT 16 GA / METAL TRACK ' PROVIDE 2 POWER FASTENERS TO STRUCTURAL MEMBER. DO NOT ATTACH TO DECK, TYR 3 5/85(18 GA DIAGONAL • BRACES tg 48" 0.0 STAGGER EA SIDE 4A NON -RATED PARTITION Wt PLYWOOD iB NON -RATED PARTITION Wt 6" STUD 0 NON -RATED PARTITION 4 I 6" STUD & PLYWOOD (3)#1O SCREWS •.......,....,,.,.. EXTEND PARTITION ABOVE CEILING OACT CLOS. PROVIDE ET, BLOCKING BETWEEN STUDS WHERE SHOWN ON ELEVATIONS. GWB CLG. 518" TYPE 'X' GWB ON 3 518" 2(1 GA. METAL STUDS a 16" O.C. FULL HEIGHT 1/2" FIRE TREATED. --------------- PLYWD ONLY IF INDICATED BELOW, SEE PLAN TO DETERMINE WHICH SIDE OF PARTITION. SHALL HAVE PLYWD, SCHEDULED BASE METAL RUNNER TRACK WI . --- FASTENERS i 24" O.C. MAX. litts Y / VF\ WITH Ail. W. • € 3/4" fir TYR 3/4" WOOD DOOR SOLID WOOD JAMBS, STOPS & CASINGS, SHIM AS REQ.() FIRE TREATED BLOCKING AND .12" SHIMS SCHEDULED PARTITION WOOD DOOR \, DOOR DETAILS SCALE: 3" .=1'-0" ONE-SIDED PARTITION 2A ONESIDED PARTITION WI PLYWOOD EXISTING SURFACE USE 1 5;S" MTL STUDS us WALLS WHERE ELEC. RECEPTACLES OR J -BOXES OCCUR, SHIM PLUMB, TYP,---------- _---------- _...._.. U.S. FIN. CL.O. 5/8" TYPE 'X' OWE ON 7:'8":::::::::::: FURRING CHANNELS 24" O:C. MAX. SCHEDULED BASE FURRED SURFACE ON EXISTING SURFACE OR WI 1 5/8" MTL. STUD FURRED SURFACE ON EXISTING SURFACE OR W/ 1 5:8" MIL. STUD W1Ti t Pt_YWOCX) FURRED SURFACE ON EXI 7/17/13 6:39 PM Mall/Project-WorkingFiles/11339-Southcenter Mall.pin Nolumes/projects_ACTIVE/J.Crew/J.Crew Projects/1339 Southcente \ 6" MAX EXIST. SLAB �� TYPICAL CEILING SUSPENSION DETAIL �' SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" WRAP WIRE AROUND TOP CORD OF JOIST MIN 3 TURNS AT EACH END, TYP. EXIST BAR JOISTS OR STEEL NO. 9 (B.W.GAGE) WIRE PICK UP CHANNEL @ MID- POINT OF BAR JOISTS, MAX. SPAN OF 4'-0" BTWN. HANGERS NO. 9 GAGE WIRE 4'-0" O.G. MAX CROSS TEES 2'-0" O.C. MAIN TEES 4`-0" O.C., SEE SPECIFICATIONS 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYPSUM BOARD SCREWED TO FRAMING SYSTEM AND WALL ANGLE, TYP. METAL ANGLE -SCREW, FASTEN TO STUDS WITH 1 1/2" SCREWS, TYR NOTES: 1. SAME SUSPENSION DETAIL APPLIES FOR ACOUSTIC TILE CEILING 2. PROVIDE SEISMIC BRACING PER DETAIL 2 CEILING FRAMING PROVIDE SUPPLEMENTAL HAT CHANNELS SECURED TO SUSPENSION SYSTEMS OVER ALL TRACKS. DO NOT INSTALL ELEC. J BOX OR COVER PLATE @ TRACK POWER INFEED SURFACE MOUNTED TRACK TYPE T SECURE TO FRAMING @ 2'-0" O.C. MAX. ti , I TYPICAL TRACK LIGHT MOUNTING % SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" \ i 5/8" GWB CEILING SCHEDULED LIGHT FIXTURE WITHIN 6'-0" FROM WALL ° ° 45° l 1 45° INSTALL COMPRESSION STRUT @ 12'-0" EACH DIRECTION OR EVERY 144 S.F. OF CEILING AREA PER UBC STANDARDS 25-2 L/R<200 45° SPLAY WIRE [#12 GA.] BRACING IN PLANE OF MAIN RUNNER. ALL WIRES ATTACHED TO MAIN RUNNER (4 DIRECTIONS) MAIN RUNNER CROSS RUNNER NOTE: ALL 24" x 48" CEILING LIGHT FIXTURES & 24" x 24" HVAC AIR REGISTERS SHALL BE SUPPORTED BY A MIN. OF (2) HANGERS @ OPP. CORNERS. CEILING SYSTEM SHALL NOT SUPPORT OTHER ITEMS. IM CEILING SUSPENSION AND BRACING IN SEISMIC ZONES j� NOT TO SCALE RECESSED EXIT SIGN BOX PROVIDE ADDITIONAL FRAMING AS REQ'D GWB CEILING -�� TYPICAL CEILING MOUNTED EXIT SIGN (SALES & FITTING AREAS) i,% SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" ALUMINUM ESCUTCHEON PLATE EXIT SIGN SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEMS: 2009 IBC STANDARD SUSPENDED CEILING FRAMING SYSTEMS SHALL BE DESIGNED TO RESIST A LATERAL FORCE OF 20% OF THE WEIGHT OF THE CEILING ASSEMBLY AND ANY LOADS TRIBUTARY TO THE SYSTEM. FOR PURPOSES OF DETERMINING THE LATERAL FORCE, A MINIMUM CEILING WEIGHT OF 5 POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT SHALL BE USED. WHERE THE CEILING LOADS DO NOT EXCEED 5 POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT AND WHERE PARTITIONS ARE NOT CONNECTED TO THE CEILING SYSTEM, THE FOLLOWING BRACING METHOD MAY BE EMPLOYED: A. LATERAL SUPPORT MAY BE PROVIDED BY FOUR WIRES OF MAXIMUM NO. 12 GUAGE SPLAYED IN FOUR DIRECTIONS 90 DEGREES APART, AND CONNECTED TO THE MAIN RUNNER WITHIN 2" OF THE CROSS RUNNER AND TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE AT AN ANGLE NOT EXCEEDING 45 DEGREES FROM THE PLANE OF THE CEILING. THESE LATERAL SUPPORT POINTS SHALL BE PLACED 12"O.C. IN EACH DIRECTION WITH THE FIRST POINT WITHIN 6'-0" FROM EACH WALL. B. ALLOWANCE SHALL BE MADE FOR LATERAL MOVEMENT OF THE SYSTEM. MAIN RUNNERS AND CROSS RUNNERS MAY BE ATTACHED AT TWO ADJACENT WALLS WITH CLEARANCE BETWEEN THE WALL AND THE RUNNERS MAINTAINED AT THE OTHER TWO WALLS. C. VERTICAL SUPPORT SHALL BE PROVIDED AS REQUIRED IN UBC STD, WITH THE ADDED REQUIREMENTS THAT DISCONTINUOUS ENDS OF CROSS RUNNERS AND MAIN RUNNERS BE VERTICALLY SUPPORTED WITHIN 8" OF SUCH DISCONTINUITIES AS MAY OCCUR WHERE THE CEILING IS DISRUPTED BY A WALL. D LIGHTING FIXTURES AND AIR DIFFUSERS SHALL BE SUPPORTED DIRECTLY BY WIRES TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE. EXCEPTION: 1. SECTION - LIGHTING FIXTURES INTERMEDIATE OR HEAVY --DUTY CEILING SYSTEMS AS DEFINED IN SECTION 47.1802 SHALL BE USED FOR THE SUPPORT OF LIGHTING FIXTURES. ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES SHALL BE POSITIVELY ATTACHED TO THE SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEMS. THE ATTACHMENT DEVICE SHALL HAVE A CAPACITY OF 100 PERCENT OF THE LIGHTING FIXTURE WEIGHT ACTING IN ANY DIRECTION. WHEN INTERMEDIATE SYSTEMS ARE USED, NO. 12 GAUGE (2.7mm) HANGERS SHALL BE ATTACHED TO THE GRID MEMBERS WITHIN 3 INCHES (76mm) OF EACH CORNER OF EACH FIXTURE. TANDEM FIXTURES MAY UTILIZE COMMON WIRES. WHEN HEAVY-DUTY SYSTEMS ARE USED, SUPPLEMENTAL HANGERS ARE NOT REQUIRED IFA48-INCH (1219mm) MODULAR HANGER PATTERN IS FOLLOWED. WHEN CROSS RUNNERS ARE USED WITHOUT SUPPLEMENTAL HANGERS TO SUPPORT LIGHTING FIXTURES, THESE CROSS RUNNERS SHALL PROVIDE THE SAME CARRYING CAPACITY AS THE MAIN RUNNER. LIGHTING FIXTURES WEIGHING LESS THAN 56 POUNDS (25.4KG) SHALL HAVE, IN ADDITION TO THE REQUIREMENTS OUTLINED ABOVE, TWO NO.12 GAUGE (2.7mm) HANGERS CONNECTED FROM THE FIXTURE HOUSING TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE. THESE WIRES MAY BE SLACK. LIGHTING FIXTURES WEIGHING 56 POUNDS (25.4KG) OR MORE SHALL BE SUPPORTED DIRECTLY FROM THE STRUCTURE ABOVE BY APPROVED HANGERS. PENDANT -HUNG LIGHTING FIXTURES SHALL BE SUPPORTED DIRECTLY FROM THE STRUCTURE ABOVE WITH NQ.9 GAUGE (3.8mm) WIRE OR APPROVED ALTERNATE SUPPRT WITHOUT USING THE CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM FOR DIRECT SUPPORT. 2. AIR DIFFUSERS WHICH WEIGH NOT MORE THAN 20 POUNDS, AND WHICH RECEIVE NO TRIBUTARY LOADING FROM DUCT WORK MAY BE POSITIVELY ATTACHED TO AND SUPPORTED BY THE CEILING. CLG. SUSP. SYSTEM \ `I \ TYPICAL CONTROL JOINT DETAIL ` % HALF FULL SCALE N3---.14 TAPE & SPACKLE CONTROL JOINT END OF PARTITION BEYOND REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED AUG 9 9 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUL 2 2 2013 PERMIT CENTER `r;:. ... DTFfARCHETECT AenriisT.Mitchei€ NC .RB. R1.4 £0 9:1,4 WOst Su1t92.6O Arlinatbn.,Tx :76017 P:317.255 241 S F:317.433.7377 OffieeRepljDttntir hfie,t.com All rights reserved. No part of these drawings or specifications may be copied, reproduced or used in connection with any work, other than the specific project for which they have been prepared, without prior written authorization from the Architect. J.CREW Southcenter Mall 633 Southcenter Mall Space No. 676 Tukwila, WA 98188 Level: Ground Floor J.Crew No. 807 Project No. 1339 NO. DATE ISSUE 07-17-13 Issue for Permit 07-17-13 Issue for Bid 07-17-13 Issue for LL & Client Review Ceiling Details A-7.1 FINISH SCHEDULE See Specifications for additional notes Submit samples of all finish materials ITEM DESIGNATION MATERIAL MANUFACTURER SPECIFICATION & COLOR REMARKS CEILING ACT -1 Acoustic Tile, 21 x 4' Armstrong Mina Board, fissured #755 Interior Storefront STOREFRONT GL -1 Storefront Clear Glass TBD Tempered I Starphire glass Thickness per Mfgr. Recommendation GL -2 Entry Door Glass TBD 3/8" tempered Starphire glass 2" bevel, all sides AP -1 Aluminum Composite Panels Mitsubishi 4MM4TOB8, Color: Black See A-3.0 for more info. AP -2 Aluminum Composite Panels Mitsubishi Storefront Fabricator Color: Grey Black to match approved sample See A-3.0 for more info. PC -1 Powder coat on aluminum BASE B-1 Painted Wood Base G.C. 314"x ±4" hardwood base, paint to match partition on which it is installed Ship to site 4 1/2" high, scribe to floor 8-2 Vinyl Base Roppe 4" cove base Color: Black Undercut 3/4" above wood floor for RA. FLOORING • C-1 Carpet - Fitting Rooms Owner Vendor J & J Commercial Broadloom, Textures 36 (4655), color 7433 Ink N/A VT -1 Vinyl Tile Azrock 12" x 12" "Cortina Colors" Color: Ashes V-214 Stockrooms & BOH's Restroom WF -1 White Oak Lumber Liquidators, - Inc. 5" x 3/4" T&G random lengths with Bona finish Field Finished, See Specifications PAINT See Specifications for preparation, primers & coats. P-9 F Paint Benjamin Moore Waterborne Ceiling Paint Product No: K508 Color: Super White 1 P-10 M Paint . Benjamin Moore Aura Matte Product No: 522 Color: White Dove Temporary storage P-10 G Paint Benjamin Moore Advance high gloss Product No: 794 Color: White Dove Hollow metal doors and wall where shown unless otherwise noted. Must be brush or sprayed. No rollers. P-10 E Paint Benjamin Moore Arua Eggshell Product No: 524 Color: White Dove 12 P-10 X Paint INSL-X Line Corotech Polyamde Epoxy Coating Product No: V440 Color: White Dove Paint to match Mall standard P-11 M Paint Benjamin Moore Aura Matte Product No: 522 Color: Berkshire Beige Closet Door at Display Window P-5 G Paint Benjamin Moore Ultra Spec high gloss Product No:449 Color: 2133-10 Onyx Black Prime spray or brush. Finish paint with brush only. P -2C M Paint Sherwin Willams Duration Matte Color: 6994, Green -Black Structural Steel MILLWORK P.LAM-1 Plastic laminate Formica #949-58 White Office counters, receiving shelves, high shelves, kitchenette and closet shelving Misc. Architecture Metal M-1 Exposed metal Dark Storm, powder coated Fitting room accessories, hardware, etc. Including all concealed framing M-4 Exposed metal US3A Polished brass unlacquered Floor transition strip CR -1 1/2" Thick Solid Conan Dupont Color: Cameo White Cashwrap WD -1 White Oak Miliworker Raw Finish Shop Finished DOOR SCHEDULE SEE SHT. A-7.0 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION DOOR NO. DOOR LOCATION DIMENSIONS DOOR TYPE BUCK DETAIL FINISH (DOOR) FINISH (JAMB) HARDWARE SET REMARKS 1 Interior Storefront (2) 3'-0"W x 2 1/2" thick (See Sht. A-3.0 for Hgt.) See Sht. A-3.0 See Sht. A-3.0 P-5 P-5 D-1 See Sht. A-3.0 2C Hold Closet at Backwrap 2'-6" x 7'-101 /2" x 1 3/4" 1 See Dwg 3A/A-7.0 P-10 G P-10 G A X 4B Fitting Rooms 2'-6" x 7'-0" x 1 3/4" 1 See Dwg 3A/A-7.0 P-10 G P-10 G C Undercut 3/4" above wood floor for RA. 5B Handicapped Fitting Room 3'-0" x 7'-0" x 1 3/4" 1 See Dwg 3A/A-7.0 P-10 G P-10 G C Undercut 3/4" above wood floor for RA. 6D Fitting Area & Vestibule Portal 3'-O" x 7'-10 1/2" Frame Opening 2 See Dwg 5/A-7.0 N/A P-10 G None 8G Stockroom 3'-0" x 7'-O" x 1 3/4" 1 See Dwg 3A/A-7.0 P-10 G P-10 G A-1 X 8H Stockroom 3'-0" x T-10 1/2" x 1 3/4" 1 See Dwg 3A/A-7.0 P-10 G P-10 G A-1 Temporary storage 10 Toilet- BOH 3'-0" x T-0" x 1 3/4" 3 See Dwg 3B/A-7.0 Metal, P -10-G Metal, P -10-G F 12 Rear Exit 3'-0" x T-0" x 1 3/4" 3 See DwgMetal, 3B/A-7.0 Paint to match Mall standard Metal, Paint to match Mall standard G 1 -hour rated 13 Closet Door at Display Window (SEE PLAN) x 7'- 0" x 1 314" 1 See Dwg 3CIA-7.0 Painted Wood Painted Wood G-2 Paint door to match adjacent GWB. HARDWAREED HARDWARE SET "A" Wood Closet Doors (Cashwrap Area) Lock: None Pull: Rockwood RM 5520 US1OB Finish Hinges: 2 Pair Stanley, Butt Hinges FBB179 US1 OB Finish Catch: Adj. ball catch vv/ strike plate, US10B Finish Stop: Ives FS436 US10B Finish Silencers: 3 HARDWARE SET "A -i" Wood Stockroom Doors (between sales floor and . stockroom) Lock: None Push Plate Rockwood RM 5598B US10B Finish Pull: Rockwood RM 5520 US10B Finish Hinges: 2 Pair Stanley, Butt Hinges FBB179 US1 OB Finish Closer: LCN 4011 DA Black Finish Roar Stop: Ives FS438 US108 Finish Silencers: 3 HARDWARE SET "C" Fitting room doors Key all fitting room doors alike Lock Set: Schlage Lockset, S8OPD JUP 613, Storage Function, 613 Finish Privacy Lock: Schlage B571 613 Finish Hinges: 1 1/2 Pair Stanley, Butt Hinges FBB179 US10B Finish Stop: IVES, FS438 US1 OB w 84371 /2" high riser. Silencers: 3 HARDWARE SET "D-1" Storefront double doors Interior HARDWARE SET "F" Restroom door (Back of House) Lock: (1) Motise deadbolt schlage L460 with EZ thumbturn L583-363 and Best type cylinder with removable 7 -pin core. US3A Finish. Set up lock for 2 1/2" thick door. Bolts: (1) Flush bolt, Rockwood 557, US3A Finish. Dusiproof strike: (1) Dustproof strike, Rockwood 570, US3A Finish. Install in floor without face plate. Pulls: (2) pair back to back pulls US3A finish supplied by owner Hinges: (4) pair butt hinges, FBB191 with ball tips, size to suite, US3A finish Stop: (2) Rockwood 471, US3A Finish Lock: Lever / Bath Privacy Function - Schlage S4OD JUP (626 Finish) Hinges: 1 1/2 Pair Stanley butt hinges FBB179, US26D Finish Stop: Ives Floor stop FS438 US26D Finish Silencers: 3 HARDWARE SET "G" Back door/ rear egress door Lock: Detex ECL -600 with 7 pin Best cylinder (606/ 885-9411) Follow manufacturers specifications for a 7 pin cylinder Hinges: 1 1/2 PAIR FBB179 NRP 41/2 x 41/2 US26D Finish Closer: LCN P4041 DA Parallel Arm, 51/2 lbs max., aluminum color Stop: Ives wall stop WS406 US26D Finish Peephole: Ives One -Way Viewer #U698 (wide angle). UL -rated as part of 1 -hr assembly Saddle: Extruded Aluminum Saddle HARDWARE SET "G-2" Show Window Closet Lock: None Pull: Sugatsune SND -120 Edge pull, 304 Stainless Steel Finish. Hinge: Continuous piano hinge Catch: Ives heavy duty magnetic, No. 326, US626D Finish. Closer: None Saddle: None NOTES: 1. See Specifications for additional notes 2. G.C. to provide construction cores for all doors requiring security during construction. 3. Where no hardware finish is noted on the schedule. Provide oil rubbed dark bronze finish (US10B) 4. US3A finish = unlacquered polished brass: GC to purchase brite brass US3 (605) and strip off lacquer 5. All floor stops with risers to be installed with two screws minimum. Unless specifically stated in this Schedule, the entire scope of Work represented in these Construction Documents shall be the responsibility of the General Contractor. Refer to Specifications RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE for additional information. If the General Contractor finds any discrepancies between this Schedule and the Construction Documents, notify Owner or Architect prior to submitting a bid. Any discrepancies not clarified shall be the responsibility of the General Contractor ITEM WA OWNER FURNISH OWNER INSTALL" G.0 - RASH G.C. INSTALL REMARKS GENERAL Temporary Barricade Signage X X Barricade/Protection X Existing barricade by landlord Off Loading- Owner furnished fixtures, Vendor items and materials X X G.C. to receive, off-load and distribute Off Loading- All rotting room millwork & perimeter millwork including cashwrap X X G.C. TO RECEIVE, OFF-LOAD AND INSTALL Off Loafing- Ali loose fixtures X X G.C. to receive, off-load and distribute Off Loading- Owner stock room mobile, fixed shelving . X X G.C. to coordinate work Building Department permits and fee X X G.C. to contact local Building Department prior to Bid Mall Fees X X G.C. to contact Mall Tenant Coordinator prior to Bid General Cleaning X X Temporary storage X X G.C. to provide secured storage for all Owners Vendor materials Cutfing and patching X X Floor chopping, pentration, core Miffing , flash patching, etc. SITEWORK Selective demolition X. :( Roofing work X X G.C. to use L.L. approved contractors as req'd METALS Structural Steel X Misc. Architecture Metal X X Including all concealed framing CONCRETE Cast in place concrete X X Patching Masonry X X Patching CARPENTRY Rough carpentry and blocking X X G:a to provide blocking for all items (Including Ownersupplyfinstall items) Surface mounted plywood backing X X Miscellaneous Framing X X MILLWORK Store floor fixtures and furniture X X Bays/wood shelving X x In wall & surface millwork supports for workoak X X Including brackets, shelf support, etc. Cabinet & fixed shelves in Go Back Room (fitting) X X G.C. to provide blocking at wall. HC fitting room benches X X G.C. to provide blocking at wall. 3- way mirror frames &glass X G.C. to provide blocking at wall. Mirror frames & glass X X G.C. to provide blocking at wall. Steel aid Glass Partitions X G.G. to provide blocking. Glass and stops shipped loose. Plastic laminate counters and cabinetry X X In manager's office and kitchenette Melamine shelving X X In BOH's Toilet Rooms, Closet and Stockroom (including high shelving) Standards, brackets and hang rads X X In BOH's Toilet Rooms, Closet and Stockroom (including high shelving) Wood Base X X Scribe to fit per elm/ and drawing detail Protection Boards X X In Fitting Rooms. Wood flooring for storefront platforms X See "Flooring" below for finished wood flooring responsibility Storefront platforms nosrg X Storefront window sill X THERMAL Insulation X X Provide where indicated and replace existing where damaged to maintain building standard. Waterproofing X Use in all approved subcontractor Fireproofing X X Fire stopping X X DOORS Hollow metal doors & frames X X Hardware for metal doors X X Interior wood doors & frames X X G.C. to provide rough framing for all wood frames Hardware for wood doors except entry doors X X Millworker to prep for all hardware and pre hang doors Display window accessdoors & frames X X Hardware for display window access doors X X Access Doors X X See Specs. GLAZING Storefront glazing X X Restroom mirrors X X Mirrors X X G.C. to provide blocking at wall. Mirrors shipped to site in frames 3 -way mirrors X G.C. to provide blocking at wall. Mirrors shipped to site in frames FINISHES Drywall ceiling and framing X X Acoustical tile ceiling and • framing X X Drywall partitions and Waning X X Patching of existing demising walls X X Maintain rating as required Column enclosures X X Ceramic tiles on walls in public restroom X FLOORING TILE/STONE Wood flooring X X G.C. to install. Wood Icor finish X X G.C. to finish per spec. VCTflooring and vinyl base X X Carpet X X Plywood subfloor and framing at wind flooring X X Plywood subfloor and framing at carpet X X Plywood subfloor at VCT X X Masonite protection for wood flooring __ _ X x Rugs X X Mall tiles and base X X G.C. to repair as req'd. Verify cost with LL Stone flooring & base X Storefront Stone base X Floor transitions x x Wood threshold X x Stone saddle for restroom X X Ceramic tile on floor & base in public restroom X Slab flash patching and leveling X X Waterproofing in toilet roans X X See Spec. Walk off mat X PAINTING Gypsum board wails and codings X X Existing to remain surfaces X X Wood base X X Painted Wood doors /jambs! portals X X Shop primed by MWC. Brush or spray finish coats by G.G. Perimeter and free standing millwork X X Touch up by G.C. Final touch up of all shop painted millwork X X Final tilting, caulking and painting of gaps between millwork and drywall X X SPECIALTIES Storefront signs & logos X X Display window film x Exit signs X X Fire extinguishers X X G.C. is responsible for quantity and locations per NFPA 13 or local jurisdiction Interior room I.D. X X Toilet room fixtures and accessories X X WaterCoder X X G.C. to provide all connections at shown on dwgs. Hand dryer X X Baby Changing Station X X FURNISHINGS Stock Room fixed shelving X X (secure shelving to walls and floors with thru-bolts and clip angles) Mobile shelving X X Shelving vendor to provide additional (12) 15" x 38" shelves Stockroom accessories X X G.C. to provide blocking at wail (secure shelving to walls and floors with thru-bolts and clip angles) Standards, brackets and hang rods & blocking- X X Including BOH: restroom, closet at backwrap, and closet at display windows (secure shelving to walls and floors with thea -belts and clip angles) Stockroom pegboard and hardware % X G.C. to provide blocking at wall (3/4"x 314" vertical blocking at ends of pegboard and 24" O.C. Refrigerator in kitchenette x X Lockers X X G.C. to provide blocking at wail (secure shelving to walls and floors with thru-bolts and clip angles) Bumper Guards X X Pegs in ratting rooms X X G.C. to provide blocking at wall, Fitting mom curtain rods and curtain X Fitting room hangbars X x w•n+• to pruviue oructurig at wand, Misc. display hardware X X G.C. to provide blocking at wall MEP and Systems HVAC, electrical and plumbing systems except as noted X X See MEP Drawings Utility stub -ups By LL. Unless otherwise noted in drawings Sprinkler Systems X X See MEP Drawings (G.C. to use LL approved Contractor as Req'd) Fire Alarm Systems X x See MEP Drawings (G.C. to use LL approved Contractor as Req'd) Filing b r and obtaining Fire Alarm & Sprinider Permits X X Required conduits X X See MEP Drawings Light fixtures and lamps X X See MEP Drawings Electrical service connection X X POS System X X Telephone System X X G.C. to provide conduit, pull strings and plyvwod backing at wall Security system X X G.C. to provide plywood backing at wall Music system X % - G.C. is responsible for coordinating install as peawne's shop drawings in conjunction with DMX music system. ShopperTrack X X G.C. to provide wire & conduit from shopper trackto manager's office UghtstatControl Panel X X STOREFRONT Complete storefront shop drawings X X Storefront glass & glaang X X Storefront framing, and substrates X X Aluminum panels X X J Wood facade with blocking and framing x Conan X Storefront door & hardware X X Except door pulls which are owner furnish, G.C. install General Painting x x F Storefrantmetal X x Sealant X X flashing Exterior waterproofing and X Exterior Door Saddle X EideriorAvanings X Awning vendor shall file for permit& obtain sign -off for all awning permits RECEIVED ITY OF TUKWILA JUL 222013 ERMIT CENTER UM -ARCHITECT benniaT:Mitchell NCARS. ALA S731: 1-26aufte:'26e .Ariington,TX :76077 Pta17.265:2415 Ff17:433.7377 Offieekgplyi D1inAichiteci.coin All rights reserved. No part of these drawings or specifications may be copied, reproduced or used in connection with any work, other than the specific project for which they have been prepared, without prior written authorization from the Architect. J.CREW Southcenter Mall 633 Southcenter Mall Space No. 676 Tukwila, WA 98188 Level: Ground Floor J.Crew No. 807 Project No. 1339 TERED ARCHITECT UL 1 8 2013 DENNIS T. MITCHELL STATE OF WASHINGTON 0. DATE ISSUE 07-17-13 Issue for Permit 07-17-13 Issue for, Bid 07-17-13 Issue for LL & Client Review REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED AUG 99 2013 City o'f Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION Schedules A-8.0 '20) H V Y A 22\ 4,1 24 ®X P ®I x P EM P -EM V V 4> P 11 1 A A EM A A A A EM I> I4 '4 A A A A A A A A A A LP -3 I> D> I> I> LP -23 MAX 600 WATTS MAX 23 HEADS ;;-<03) MAX 640 WATTS PER CIRCUIT MAX 32 I-IEADS PER CIRCUIT \ / PERIMETER TRACK MAX 600 WATTS PER CIRCUIT MAX 23 HEADS PER CIRCUIT PERIMETER 3TRACK ROOM MAX 600 WATTS PER CIRCUIT MAX 23 HEADS PER CIRCUIT PERIMRETER TRACK MAX 240 WATTS PER CIRCUIT MAX 9 HEADS PER CIRCUIT CASWNR P1 TRACK ROO LIGHTING PLAN 1/4".1'-o" LIGHTING GENERAL NOTES: A. LIGHTING SHALL BE CIRCUITED EXACTLY AS SHOWN ON PLANS. B. SEE ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR EXACT LOCATION AND QUANTITY OF LIGHTING FIXTURES. C. EMERGENCY AND EXIT UGHTS SHALL BE INSTALLED AND CIRCUITED PER THE LATEST NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE AND ALL APPUCABLE LOCAL AND STATE CODES. ALL EMERGENCY AND EXIT FIXTURES SHALL BE DUAL VOLTAGE (120/277 VOLT INPUT) WITH BATTERY BACKUP, CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN NOTES ON ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. O UGHIING CODED NOTES: MAX 840 WATTS PER CIRCUIT MAX 32 HEADS PER CIRCUIT PERIMETER TRACK 1. LIGHTING CIRCUIT: WIRE THRU LIGHTSTAT PANEL REFER TO SHEET E-301 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 2. SHOW WINDOW UGHTTNG: WIRE THRU LIGHTSTAT PANEL REFER TO SHEET E-301 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 3. EXHAUST FAN: 120V EXHAUST FAN FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR AND CONNECTED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. CONNECT WITH LOCAL LIGHTING SWITCH AS SHOWN ON THE PLANS. 4. SALES EX/EM CIRCUIT: EXIT AND EMERGENCY UGHT FIXTURE TO BE SERVICED BY UNSWITCHED CIRCUIT LP -31 AND TO PROVIDE CONTINUOUS EGRESS ILLUMINATION PER NEC AND UFE SAFETY CODE. 5. UGHTSTAT OPEN/CLOSE BUTTON. REFER TO SHEET E301 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 6. NON SALES EX/EM CIRCUIT: EXIT, EMERGENCY UGHT FIXTURE TO BE SERVICED BY CIRCUIT HV -1 AHEAD OF SWITCHING TO PROVIDE CONTINUOUS EGRESS ILLUMINATION PER NEC AND UFE SAFETY CODE. 7. PROVIDE ROUGH—IN AND INSTALL MODEL NO. R-01 OFD—S-1 P WITH SWITCHPLATE MODEL NO. R-010MM-64081X.. MOUNT AT +48" AFF. 8. MOTION DETECTOR FOR UGHTSTAT LIGHTING CONTROL SUPPLIED BY VENDOR, INSTALLED BY E.C.. WIRING SHALL BE IN 3/4" CONDUIT AND ROUTED FROM EACH DEVICE LOCATION BACK TO UGHTSTAT EQUIPMENT. REFER TO SHEET E301 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 9. CEIUNG MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR FOR CONTROL OF STOCK ROOM LIGHTING. SENSOR TO BE PASS & SEYMOUR DUAL—TECH #CSD1000 WITH POWER PACK #PWP2120 OR EQUAL LIGHTING CODED NOTES CONTINUED: 541O14 WINDOW TRACK 10. PROVIDE AND INSTALL JUNCTION BOX AND DISCONNECT SWITCH FOR STOREFRONT SIGN. E.C. SHALL PROVIDE FLEXIBLE WHIP FOR CONNECTION TO SIGNAGE. SIGN FIXTURE PROVIDED & INSTALLED BY OWNER'S SIGN CONTRACTOR. SIGN CIRCUIT WILL BE CONTROLLED THROUGH THE "LIGHTSTAT PANEL". VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO COMMENCING ANY WORK. 11. TRACKEEPER CURRENT LIMITING PANEL "TK16" SURFACE MOUNTED. 12. CONNECT CIRCUITS THROUGH TRACKEEPER CURRENT LIMITING PANEL AND 7 AMP CURRENT LIMITING BREAKER. 13. CONNECT CIRCUITS THROUGH TRACKEEPER CURRENT LIMITING PANEL AND 5 AMP CURRENT LIMITING BREAKER. 14. E.C. IS TO ALTERNATE EVERY OTHER TRACK HEAD PER CIRCUIT. 15. CONNECT CIRCUITS THROUGH TRACKEEPER CURRENT LIMITING PANEL AND 2 AMP CURRENT LIMITING BREAKER. A EA A: PR �D RQUIgED 4 CORRECTION LTR# 3 -)Ji T RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA AUG 21 2013 PERMIT CENTER FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS DESIGN DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO BIDDING OR AWARD OF CONTRACT TO INSPECT EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS. THIS CONTRACT SHALL INCLUDE ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR FIELD MODIFICATIONS DUE TO EXISTING CONDITIONS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER PRIOR TO BIDDING FOR INTERPRETATIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS OF THE DESIGN AND INCLUDE IN HIS BID ALL COSTS TO MEET THE DESIGN INTENT. CLARIFICATIONS MADE BY THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER AFTER BIDDING WILL BE FINAL AND SHALLBE IMPLEMENTED_ALCONTRACTORS COST. BIDDING CONTRACTORS SHALL HAVE A WORKING KNOWLEDGE OF LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES AND SHALL INCLUDE IN THEIR BIDS THE COSTS FOR ALL WORK INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH GOVERNING CODES, THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS NOT WITHSTANDING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ALERT ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER OF ANY APPARENT DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN GOVERNING CODES AND DESIGN INTENT. 4 10 M -Engineering 750 Brooksedge Blvd. Westerville, Ohio 43081 phone: 614.839.4639 fax: 614.839.2222 WWW. MENGINEERING. US. COM All rights. reserved. No part of these drawings or specifications may be copied, reproduced or used in connection with any work, other than the specific project for which they have been prepared, without prior written authorization from the Architect. ENGINEER OF RECORD: AUG 1971313 ANY F wns J.CREW Southcenter Mall 633 Southcenter Mall Space No. 676 Seattle, WA 98188 Level: Ground Floor Project No. 1339 Project No. 13411114 NO. DATE ISSUE 07-17-13 Issue for Permit 07-17-13 Issue for Bid 07-17-13 Issue for LL & Client Review 08-19-13 Issue for Building Department Comments Lighting Plan E-200 1 III II z XIS t 0 0 0 11 1 A A EM A A A A EM I> I4 '4 A A A A A A A A A A LP -3 I> D> I> I> LP -23 MAX 600 WATTS MAX 23 HEADS ;;-<03) MAX 640 WATTS PER CIRCUIT MAX 32 I-IEADS PER CIRCUIT \ / PERIMETER TRACK MAX 600 WATTS PER CIRCUIT MAX 23 HEADS PER CIRCUIT PERIMETER 3TRACK ROOM MAX 600 WATTS PER CIRCUIT MAX 23 HEADS PER CIRCUIT PERIMRETER TRACK MAX 240 WATTS PER CIRCUIT MAX 9 HEADS PER CIRCUIT CASWNR P1 TRACK ROO LIGHTING PLAN 1/4".1'-o" LIGHTING GENERAL NOTES: A. LIGHTING SHALL BE CIRCUITED EXACTLY AS SHOWN ON PLANS. B. SEE ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR EXACT LOCATION AND QUANTITY OF LIGHTING FIXTURES. C. EMERGENCY AND EXIT UGHTS SHALL BE INSTALLED AND CIRCUITED PER THE LATEST NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE AND ALL APPUCABLE LOCAL AND STATE CODES. ALL EMERGENCY AND EXIT FIXTURES SHALL BE DUAL VOLTAGE (120/277 VOLT INPUT) WITH BATTERY BACKUP, CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN NOTES ON ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. O UGHIING CODED NOTES: MAX 840 WATTS PER CIRCUIT MAX 32 HEADS PER CIRCUIT PERIMETER TRACK 1. LIGHTING CIRCUIT: WIRE THRU LIGHTSTAT PANEL REFER TO SHEET E-301 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 2. SHOW WINDOW UGHTTNG: WIRE THRU LIGHTSTAT PANEL REFER TO SHEET E-301 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 3. EXHAUST FAN: 120V EXHAUST FAN FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR AND CONNECTED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. CONNECT WITH LOCAL LIGHTING SWITCH AS SHOWN ON THE PLANS. 4. SALES EX/EM CIRCUIT: EXIT AND EMERGENCY UGHT FIXTURE TO BE SERVICED BY UNSWITCHED CIRCUIT LP -31 AND TO PROVIDE CONTINUOUS EGRESS ILLUMINATION PER NEC AND UFE SAFETY CODE. 5. UGHTSTAT OPEN/CLOSE BUTTON. REFER TO SHEET E301 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 6. NON SALES EX/EM CIRCUIT: EXIT, EMERGENCY UGHT FIXTURE TO BE SERVICED BY CIRCUIT HV -1 AHEAD OF SWITCHING TO PROVIDE CONTINUOUS EGRESS ILLUMINATION PER NEC AND UFE SAFETY CODE. 7. PROVIDE ROUGH—IN AND INSTALL MODEL NO. R-01 OFD—S-1 P WITH SWITCHPLATE MODEL NO. R-010MM-64081X.. MOUNT AT +48" AFF. 8. MOTION DETECTOR FOR UGHTSTAT LIGHTING CONTROL SUPPLIED BY VENDOR, INSTALLED BY E.C.. WIRING SHALL BE IN 3/4" CONDUIT AND ROUTED FROM EACH DEVICE LOCATION BACK TO UGHTSTAT EQUIPMENT. REFER TO SHEET E301 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 9. CEIUNG MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR FOR CONTROL OF STOCK ROOM LIGHTING. SENSOR TO BE PASS & SEYMOUR DUAL—TECH #CSD1000 WITH POWER PACK #PWP2120 OR EQUAL LIGHTING CODED NOTES CONTINUED: 541O14 WINDOW TRACK 10. PROVIDE AND INSTALL JUNCTION BOX AND DISCONNECT SWITCH FOR STOREFRONT SIGN. E.C. SHALL PROVIDE FLEXIBLE WHIP FOR CONNECTION TO SIGNAGE. SIGN FIXTURE PROVIDED & INSTALLED BY OWNER'S SIGN CONTRACTOR. SIGN CIRCUIT WILL BE CONTROLLED THROUGH THE "LIGHTSTAT PANEL". VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO COMMENCING ANY WORK. 11. TRACKEEPER CURRENT LIMITING PANEL "TK16" SURFACE MOUNTED. 12. CONNECT CIRCUITS THROUGH TRACKEEPER CURRENT LIMITING PANEL AND 7 AMP CURRENT LIMITING BREAKER. 13. CONNECT CIRCUITS THROUGH TRACKEEPER CURRENT LIMITING PANEL AND 5 AMP CURRENT LIMITING BREAKER. 14. E.C. IS TO ALTERNATE EVERY OTHER TRACK HEAD PER CIRCUIT. 15. CONNECT CIRCUITS THROUGH TRACKEEPER CURRENT LIMITING PANEL AND 2 AMP CURRENT LIMITING BREAKER. A EA A: PR �D RQUIgED 4 CORRECTION LTR# 3 -)Ji T RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA AUG 21 2013 PERMIT CENTER FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS DESIGN DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO BIDDING OR AWARD OF CONTRACT TO INSPECT EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS. THIS CONTRACT SHALL INCLUDE ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR FIELD MODIFICATIONS DUE TO EXISTING CONDITIONS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER PRIOR TO BIDDING FOR INTERPRETATIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS OF THE DESIGN AND INCLUDE IN HIS BID ALL COSTS TO MEET THE DESIGN INTENT. CLARIFICATIONS MADE BY THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER AFTER BIDDING WILL BE FINAL AND SHALLBE IMPLEMENTED_ALCONTRACTORS COST. BIDDING CONTRACTORS SHALL HAVE A WORKING KNOWLEDGE OF LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES AND SHALL INCLUDE IN THEIR BIDS THE COSTS FOR ALL WORK INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH GOVERNING CODES, THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS NOT WITHSTANDING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ALERT ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER OF ANY APPARENT DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN GOVERNING CODES AND DESIGN INTENT. 4 10 M -Engineering 750 Brooksedge Blvd. Westerville, Ohio 43081 phone: 614.839.4639 fax: 614.839.2222 WWW. MENGINEERING. US. COM All rights. reserved. No part of these drawings or specifications may be copied, reproduced or used in connection with any work, other than the specific project for which they have been prepared, without prior written authorization from the Architect. ENGINEER OF RECORD: AUG 1971313 ANY F wns J.CREW Southcenter Mall 633 Southcenter Mall Space No. 676 Seattle, WA 98188 Level: Ground Floor Project No. 1339 Project No. 13411114 NO. DATE ISSUE 07-17-13 Issue for Permit 07-17-13 Issue for Bid 07-17-13 Issue for LL & Client Review 08-19-13 Issue for Building Department Comments Lighting Plan E-200 LIGHTING SCHEDULE G.C. to obtain cuts & specifications from J.Crew FIXTURE DESIGNATION FIXTURE TYPE MANUFACTURER NUMBER LAMP SPECIFICATION LOCATION REMARKS A-1 Recessed single lamp metal halide narrow flood beam, black AMERLUX CYLR-1-20-MM- E -BT -120 -NF -BT 1 X 20W mini master color Entry Narrow Flood Reflectors A-2 Recessed twin lamp metal halide narrow flood beam, white AMERLUX CYLR-2-20-MM- E -WT -120 -NF -WT 2 X 20W mini master color Sales Floor Narrow Flood Reflectors R-1 Recessed Downlight AMERLUX CYLR-1-37-MR16-E- WT -120 -WT (1) 35W MR -16 IR (Flood) Fitting Area / Rooms Adjust mounting frames as necessary for installation in ceilings as sd R-2 Recessed(2) Downlight AMERLUX CYLR-2-37-MR16-E- WT -120 -WT 35W MR -16 IR (Flood) Fitting Area/ Rooms Adjcheust mouulednting frames as necessary for installation in ceilings as scheduled D-9 Pendant Fixture Hicks PendantCirca Lighting, TOB5064, Bronze / Hand -Rubbed Antique Brass Accents (sales) X -LARGE (2) x 60W Sales Area Provide chandelier type flush junction box. Install owner supplied decorative pendant fixture. Mount @ T-6" A.F.F. to bottom. EM Recessed Downlight Emergency Evenlite- APR -25 -LC -UI -TD 2 25W O Typical Recessed Emergency Fixture 45.753 N White Metal Halide Track head Juno Trac -Master TM233-20-NFL-WH 1 X 20W mini master color Sales & Display Windows Juno fitting, narrow flood P Fluorescent surface mounted Mercury Lighting MM232-OCT-C-ELB-MV (2) Phillips 32W -T8 Back of House and back exit SPARE PEM Fluorescent surface mounted Mercury Lighting MM232-OCT-C- ELB-UNI-EMPK (2) Phillips 32W -T8 Back of House Emergency power pack T Track Juno, TWH, White 1 circuit track Display Provide "L" and end feeds with no surface mounted cover platesWindows (feeds shall be hard wired directly into ceiling with no j -box) T-2 Track Juno, TUWH, White 2 circuit track Sales Provide "L" and end feeds with no surface mounted cover plates (feeds shall be hard wired directly into ceiling with no j -box) X Recessed Exit sign (Ceiling mounted) Lightalarms SPLED-N-A-R-C-Z-UA LED with self powered battery backup Sales Standard clear ceiling mounted exit sign. See drawings for directional arrows. Recessed Exit sign (Ceiling mounted) Lightalarms SPLED-N-A-R-W-Z-UA LED with self powered battery backup Sales One sided exit sign. See drawings for directional arrows. X -B Surface mounted Exit sign AstraLite TP -U -R -W -EM LED with self powered battery backup Back of house See drawings for directional arrows ELECTRIC LOAD SUMMARY 208Y/120V SERVICE DESCRIPTION N.E.C. CONNECTED NEC DEMAND N.E.C. DEMAND N.E.C. DEMAND LIGHTING (CONTINUOUS) 14.094 [1] 1.25 17.618 TRACK LIGHT DEMAND ALLOWANCE -- CL -3 LP -7 '.0" " SHOW WINDOW DEMAND ALLOWANCE - [3] - 2.400 KIT APPLIANCE 1.800 [4 1.00 1.800 RECEPTACLES 6.920 [5] - 6.920 MOTORS 0.000 [6] - 0.000 FIXED ELECTRIC SPACE HEATING 0.000 [7] - 0.000 AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM 45.753 [6],[7] 240 49.763 ELECTRIC WATER HEATER 3.000 - 1.0 3.000 MISCELLANEOUS 0 - 7 -i SPARE i.• N.E.C. DEM. KVA X 1000 82.184 E D - • - -1' G a 92.118 = I I = 255.7 CL -15 SYS. V • LTAGE 1.732 92.118 X 1000 AMPS 208 X 1.732 LOAD SUMMARY NOTES: [1] POWER FACTOR IS ALREADY INCLUDED IN LIGHTING LOAD. [2] 150VA/2FT OF LINE VOLTAGE TRACK + SUM LOW VOLTAGE XFRMS - CONNECTED LOAD [3] 200VA/LF - ACTUAL CONNECTED LOAD [4] KIT APPLIANCE DEMAND FACTOR PER NEC 220-56 [5] 0.0 < 10KW = 100%, REMAINING - 50% [6] 125% OF THE LARGEST MOTOR OR COMPRESSOR IN SYSTEM APPLIED ON ONE UNIT. [7] USE GREATER VALUE OF THESE TWO CATEGORIES CURRENT LIMITER PANEL CURRENT LIMITER CIRCUIT BREAKER AMP LIMITER CIRCUIT WATTAGE CL -1 LP -3 5 AMP 600 CL -2 LP -5 7 AMP 840 CL -3 LP -7 7 AMP 840 CL -4 LP -9 5 AMP 600 CL -5 LP -11 5 AMP 600 CL -6 LP -13 5 AMP 600 CL -7 LP -15 5 AMP 600 CL -8 LP -17 7 AMP 840 CL -9 LP -19 7 AMP 840 CL -10 LP -35 . 2 AMP 240 CL -11 LP -37 2 AMP 240 CL -12 SPARE SPARE SPARE CL -13 SPARE SPARE SPARE CL -14 SPARE SPARE SPARE CL -15 SPARE SPARE SPARE CL -16 SPARE SPARE SPARE GREENGATE "TRACKEEPER" CURRENT LIMITING SUBPANEL. MODEL #7K16 EXISTING (4)#500 MCM THWN AND (1)#3 GRD, AND (1) #3 ISOLATED GRD. IN EXISTING 3" CONDUIT TO REMAIN AND BE REUSED. EXISTING METER AND EXISTING 120/208V, 30, 4W, 400A -3P DISCONNECT SWITCH WITH EXISTING 400 AMP FUSES TO REMAIN AND BE REUSED. VERIFY ALL REQUIREMENTS IN FIELD PRIOR TO BID AND INCLUDE ALL COSTS IN BID. LANDLORD'S EXISTING 120/208V, 30, 4W, SWITCHGEAR. FLOOR LEASE LINE LL'S ELECTRIC RM -1----I _ L_ 400A./ 1 I i IJ k' 400AJ �M J CREW SPACE Panel Wiring Schedule (3 -Phase) Panelboard Panel Type NEMA Type "LP" NQ 1 Voltage 208Y/120 Phase 3 OCPD M.L.O. Mounting SURFACE Wire 4 Buss 225A Options/Notes AIC Rating 22,000 Ckt. No. Zone Load Description Brkr. Size * Brkr. Opts. N.E.C. kVA ** Phase N.E.C. kVA ** Brkr. Opts. Brkr. Size * Load Description Zone Ckt. No. 1 (3) #110 THWN & (1) #6 GND STOREFRONT SIGN 200A, 3 -POLE, NONFUSED, WP PP -31/33/35 1.200 A 0.000 LO 25/3 SPARE 3/4" 2 3 SHOW WINDOW LTG. 0.600 B 1.080 LO SHOW WINDOW REC. 4 5 PERIMITER TRACK 20/2 0.840 C 0.000 IG/LO SPARE 6 7 0.840 A 0.000 0.275 SPARE 0.000 8 9 SPARE PERIMITER TRACK 20/2 9 0.600 B 0.000 0.275 SPARE 0.500 10 11 0.600 C 0.000 11 SPARE 12 13 C PERIMITER TRACK 20/2 0.600 A 0.000 13 SPARE 14 15 0.600 B 0.000 TIMECLOCK SPARE 14 16 17 SALES GENERAL REC. PERIMITER TRACK 20/2 0.720 0.840 C 0.000 REFRIGERATOR SPARE 16 18 19 0.840 A 0.000 0.540 C SPARE 20 21 SALES FLOOR LTG. 19 0.650 B 0.000 0.820 A SPARE 22 23 SALES FLOOR LTG. 21 0.234 C 0.000 0.500 B SPARE 24 25 SALES EGRESS LTG. 23 0.468 A 0.000 0.000 C SPARE 26 HAND DRYER 24 25 VAV-1 25/3 1.667 A 0.000 SPARE FITTING ROOM LTG. 27 1.667 0.999 B 0.000 MANAGER OFF. REC. SPARE 28 28 29 C NS LTG EM/EX/NL LTG. 1.663 C 0.000 31 SPARE 150/3 30 15.251 A SALES EM/EX/NL LTG. 0.720 A 0.000 33 15.251 SPARE 0.180 32 33 RECEIVING DESK PENDANT LTG. 34 0.240 B 0.000 SPARE 34 35 PERIMITER TRACK 20/2 0.240 C 0.000 20/2 SPARE 36 37 0.240 A 0.000 40 41 SPARE C 38 39 SPARE 42 0.000 B 0.000 SPARE 40 41 SPARE 0.000 C 0.000 SPARE 42 Notes * All circuit breakers to be 20 -Amp, 1 -Pole unless otherwise noted. ** All Phases to be balanced to within 10% using Actual Load Totals, N.E.C. Connected Totals: Ph.A N.E.C. Connected Totals: Ph.B N.E.C. Connected Totals: Ph.0 Total E Existing Circuit to remain IG Isolated Ground Circuit Connected Load: NEC Demand Feeder Load: kVA kVA kVA kVA Breaker Options: AS . Powerlink AS Breaker LO Handle lock -on device ST Shunt Trip TYPe AUX Auxiliary Contacts PA Handle Padlock Attachment GFCI Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter HACR Heating, A/C & Refrigeration SF Subfeed AFCI Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter Panel Wiring Schedule (3 -Phase) Panelboard Panel Type NEMA Type Voltage 208Y/120 OCPD 400A M.C.B. Mounting SURFACE Phase 3 Wire 4 Buss 400A Options/Notes: ISOLATED GROUND BAR AIC Rating 22,000 Ckt. No. Zone Load Description Brkr. Size * Brkr. Opts. N.E.C. kVA ** Phase N.E.C. kVA ** Brkr. Opts. Brkr. Size * Load Description Zone Ckt. No. 1 (3) #110 THWN & (1) #6 GND BACKWRAP 200A, 3 -POLE, NONFUSED, WP PP -31/33/35 0.360 A 0.500 LO 25/3 SENSORMATIC 3/4" 2 3 DED. CASHWRAP 0.275 B 0.180 LO TELEPHONE BD. 4 5 DED. CASHWRAP 0.275 C 0.540 IG/LO TELEPHONE BD. 6 7 DED. CASHWRAP 0.275 A 0.000 SPARE 8 9 DED. CASHWRAP 0.275 B 0.500 LIGHTSTAT PANEL 10 11 CASHWRAP SEN. CNT. 0.720 C 1.200 MICROWAVE - 12 13 CASH UTILITY PWR. 0.720 A 0.500 TIMECLOCK 14 15 SALES GENERAL REC. 0.720 B 0.600 REFRIGERATOR 16 17 SALES GENERAL REC. 0.540 C 0.180 KITCHENETTE 18 19 NS GENERAL REC. 0.820 A 0.600 WATER COOLER 20 21 HVAC LTG/REC 0.500 B 0.600 DRINKING FOUNTAIN 22 23 SPARE 0.000 C 1.500 HAND DRYER 24 25 VAV-1 25/3 1.667 A 0.000 SPARE 26 27 1.667 B 0.360 MANAGER OFF. REC. 28 29 2.363 C 0.360 MANAGER OFF. REC. 30 31 RTU -1 150/3 HACR 15.251 A 0.360 MGR. OFF. GEN. REC. 32 33 15.251 B 0.180 RECEIVING DESK 34 15.251 C 0.000 SPARE 36 37 PANEL "LP" 150/3 4.908 A 1.500 20/2 WATER HEATER 38 39 4.769 B 1.500 40 41 4.417 C 0.000 SPARE 42 Notes * ** All circuit breakers to be 20 -Amp, 1 -Pole unless otherwise noted. All Phases to be balanced to within 10% using Actual Load Totals N.E.C. Connected Totals: Ph.A N.E.C. Connected Totals: Ph.B N.E.C. Connected Totals: Ph.0 Tota E Existing Circuit to remain IG Isolated Ground Circuit Connected Load: NEC Demand Feeder Load: HVAC ELECTRICAL CONNECTION SCHEDULE UNIT VOLTAGE MCA MOCP A/POLE GROUNDED AND UNGROUNDED CONDUCTORS CONDUIT SWITCH DISCONNECT AT UNIT CIRCUIT CONNECTION NOTES RTU -1 208V, 3 PHASE 127.00 A 150/3 (3) #110 THWN & (1) #6 GND 1-1/2" 200A, 3 -POLE, NONFUSED, WP PP -31/33/35 VAV -1 120/208V, 3 PHASE 19.76 A 25/3 (4) #12 THWN & (1) #12 GND 3/4" 30A, 3 -POLE, NONFUSED PP -25/27/29 NOTE: VERIFY EXACT OVER CURRENT PROTECTION/DISCONNECT REQUIREMENTS (PER N.E.C. #440) WITH EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER NAMEPLATE DATA UPON RECEIPT AT JOB SITE. CONTACT ENGINEER WITH ANY DISCREPANCIES. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO MAKE ALL FINAL ELECTRICAL POWER CONNECTIONS. ISOLATED GROUND NOTE: TENANT'S ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS TO FIELD VERIFY PRIOR TO BIDS, EXISTENCE OF ISOLATED GROUNDING TO BUILDING FOR NEW PANEL "PP". IF ISOLATED GROUNDING DOES NOT EXIST, ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE ALL COSTS FOR INSTALLATION OF (1) #4 ISOLATED GROUND TO NEW PANEL "PP". ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL REQUIREMENTS WITH LOCAL UTILITY COMPANY PRIOR TO BIDS AND INCLUDE ALL COSTS FOR A ISOLATED GROUND IN BID. E.C. IS TO FURNISH AND INSTALL NEW (4)#500 MCM THWN AND (1)#3 GRD, AND (1) #3 ISOLATED GRD. IN A NEW 3" CONDUIT. E.C. IS TO FURNISH AND INSTALL NEW SERVICE TAP BOX. NEW PANEL PP 120/208V. 30, 4W 400A M.C.B. NEW PANEL LP 120/208V. 30, 4W M.L.O. CURRENT LIMITING PANEL NEW LIGHTSTAT PANEL FLOOR E.C. IS TO FURNISH AND INSTALL NEW (441/0 AND (1)#6 GRD, IN A NEW 2" CONDUIT. A POWER RISER DIAGRAM E-300 NTS 1. kVA kVA kVA kVA amps amps Breaker Options: AS Powerlink AS Breaker LO Handle lock -on device ST Shunt Trip Type AUX Auxiliary Contacts PA Handle Padlock Attachment GFCI Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter HACR Heating, A/C & Refrigeration SF Subfeed AFCI Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter b(3.,zilbs Jv'�►'o 7Qk o EET E 02 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA AUG 2 1 2013 PERMIT CENTER EET E302 SEE ELECTRICAL RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE ON 3 POWER RISER DIAGRAM GENERAL NOTES HVAC CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE "HACR" TYPE WHERE REQUIRED BY EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATE PER N.E.C. 2. TENANTS ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXACT A.I.C. RATING OF LANDLORDS DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT, FURNISH AND INSTALL TENANTS SYSTEM TO MATCH. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BALANCE ALL PANELS AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT TO ±5% BETWEEN PHASES: A/B, B/C, A/C REGARDLESS OF CIRCUITING INDICATED. 4. PROPER CLEARANCE MUST BE MAINTAINED ABOUT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT PER N.E.C. FIELD VERIFY EXACT MOUNTING SPACE AVAILABLE IN ELECTRICAL ROOM/AREA PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. 5. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ALL FINAL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS FOR A COMPLETE ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM. FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS DESIGN DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO BIDDING OR AWARD OF CONTRACT TO INSPECT EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR FIELD MODIFICATIONS DUE TO EXISTING CONDITIONS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER PRIOR TO BIDDING FOR INTERPRETATIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS OF THE DESIGN AND INCLUDE IN HIS BID ALL COSTS TO MEET THE DESIGN INTENT. CLARIFICATIONS MADE BY THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER AFTER BIDDING WILL BE FINAL AND SHALL BE IMPLEMENTED AT CONTRACTORS COST. BIDDING CONTRACTORS SHALL HAVE A WORKING KNOWLEDGE OF LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES AND SHALL INCLUDE IN THEIR BIDS THE COSTS FOR ALL WORK INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH GOVERNING CODES, THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS NOT WITHSTANDING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ALERT ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER OF ANY APPARENT DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN GOVERNING CODES AND DESIGN INTENT. M -Engineering 750 Brooksedge Blvd. Westerville, Ohio 43081 phone: 614.839.4639 fax: 614.839.2222 WWW.MENGINEERING. US.COM All rights reserved. No part of these drawings or specifications may be copied, reproduced or used in connection with any work, other than the specific project for which they have been prepared, without prior written authorization from the Architect. ENGINEER OF RECORD: J.CREW Southcenter Mall 633 Southcenter Mall Space No. 676 Seattle, WA 98188. Level: Ground Floor Project No. 1339 Project No. 13411114 NO. DATE ISSUE 07-17-13 Issue for Permit 07-17-13 Issue for Bid 07-17-13 Issue for LL & Client Review 08-19-13 Issue for Building Department Comments Power Riser and Panel Schedules E-300 EXIST STEEL BEAMS, VIE B/ MALL BULKHEAD 17-0" VIF EXIST MALL BULKHEAD SHOWN HATCHED VIF CONT362T125-68. DO NOT ATTACH TRACK TO EXIST BULKHEAD 362S162-43 AT 16" O.C. OVERLAP AND ATTACH METAL STUDS W/ (4)#8 SCREWS TYP UNO FINISH, SEE ARCH 362S162-43 AT 48" O.C. 600S162-43 AT 16" O.C. 362S162-43 AT 16" O.C. B/ TENANT BULKHEAD 11'-0" AFF SLIDECUP BETWEEN VERT STUDS AND EXIST BULKHEAD. ATTACH TO CONT BOT TRACK WITHIN EXIST BULKHEAD THRU EXIST SHEATHING CONT362T125-68 362S162-43 AT 16" O.C. FULL HEIGHT WALL STUDS, SEE ARCH AT BASE OF FULL HEIGHT STUDS, PROVIDE CONT. 600T125-68 W/ (2) 0.138"0 POWER ACTUATED FASTENERS TO EXIST SLAB ON GRADE BOXED BEAM, SEE PLAN STOREFRONT GLAZING, SEE ARCH EXIST STEEL BEAMS, VIE 0117 I J Lt 1 1 1 BB2 EVALUATION REPORTS w V V V v V V �i V V V V 'V V V 1. FRAMING MEMBERS AND CONNECTORS SHALL BE PER THE FOLLOWING ICC-ES EVALUATION REPORTS (ER): COLD FORMED METAL STUD FRAMING - ESR 1166P (CLARK DIETRICH) POWER ACTUATED FASTENERS - ESR 1663 (HILTI) METAL FASTENERS - ESR 2196 (HIL11) HATCHED AREA INDICATES NEW METAL STUD BEARING WALL 600S162-43 AT 16" O.C. ALIGN W/ SOFFIT JOISTS (BACK TO BACK) _IPiiii,✓temoiM� I.KIMNPri►i011.115 r IVrAI i Prs IP PPAPW..�' -1_1 1_1_1 2'-3" 18'-6 1/2" L J 1 BB1 14'-7" PLAN LEGEND: • "J1" INDICATES METAL STUD SOFFIT JOISTS: 600S162-43 AT 16" O.C. • "BB1" INDICATES METAL STUD BOXED BEAM: (2) 1000S162-68 WI 600T125-68 T&B • "BB2" INDICATES METAL STUD BOXED BEAM: (2) 800S162-68 WI 600T125-68 T&B • "BP1" INDICATES METAL STUD BOXED POST: (2) 600S162-43 W/ (2)600T125-68. TOP OF POST = 6" ABOVE TOP OF NEW BOXED BEAM STOREFRONT FRAMING PLAN 1/4"=1'--0" 16GA CLIP ANGLE W/ (3)0.145"0 POWER ACTUATED FASTENERS TO EXIST BEAM AT EA END TYP B4 MALL BULKHEAD 12 -0" VIF 362S162-43 AT 48"0.C. BOXED BEAM, SEE PLAN F/O WALL FINISH EXIST MALL BULKHEAD SHOWN HATCHED VIE CONT362T125-68. DO NOT ATTACH TRACK TO EXIST BULKHEAD 362S162-43 AT 16" O.C. OVERLAP AND ATTACH. METAL STUDS W/ (4)#8 SCREWS TYP UNO FINISH, SEE ARCH 362S162-43 AT 48" O.C. 600S162-43 AT 16" O.C. BOXED BEAM T&B OF SIGN -BOX. (2)3625162-43 W/ (2)600T125-68. MAX SPAN = 5-0" DOUBLE VERT STUDS AT EA END B/ TENANT BULKHEAD 11'-0" AFF BOXED BEAM, SEE PLAN CONT362T125-68 TYP AT ENDS OF HORIZ STUDS STOREFRONT ENTRY, SEE ARCH 362S162-43 AT 16" O.C. BOXED POST, SEE PLAN STOREFRONT FRAMING NOTES 1. THE EXIST. MALL BULKHEAD SHALL BE USED ONLY FOR LATERAL SUPPORT OF STOREFRONT FRAMING MEMBERS. THE STOREFRONT SHALL BE SELF-SUPPORTING FOR GRAVITY LOAD AFTER CONSTRUCTION. 2. VERIFY ALL ELEVATIONS AND DIMENSIONS SHOWN WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS GENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTES 1. GOVERNING CODE: INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE 2012 WI W' HI Ti S A AM ND ND 2. L • D: A. SOFFIT LIVE LOAD - 10 PSF B. DESIGN WIND PRESSURE =5 PSF (INTERIOR EXPOSURE) C. SEISMIC LOADS BASED ON THE FOLLOWING PARAMETERS: SITE CLASS: D (ASSUMED) Ss - 1.4 S1 - 0.5 Sds - 0.9 Sd1 - 0.5 FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO FINAL DETAILING AND FABRICATION. IF ANY EXISTING CONDITION IS NOT AS SHOWN, CONTACT A/E BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH WORK. 4. EXISTING STRUCTURE IS ASSUMED TO BE IN GOOD CONDITION. NOTIFY STRUCTURAL ENGINEER IF ANY STRUCTURAL MEMBERS ARE FOUND TO BE DAMAGED IN ANY WAY BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH ANY WORK ON DAMAGED MEMBER. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUPPORT, BRACE AND SECURE EXISTING STRUCTURE AS REQUIRED TO INSTALL NEW WORK. CONTRACTOR IS SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR THE SAFETY OF THE EXISTING BUILDING DURING CONSTRUCTION. 6. CONTRACTOR SHALL CONFORM TO ALL MALL -TENANT IMPROVEMENT REQUIREMENTS AND ALL MALL LANDLORD HANDBOOK CRITERIA 7. SPECIAL INSPECTIONS SERVICES SHALL BE PROVIDED BY A QUALIFIED AGENCY ON ALL STRUCTURAL STEEL FIELD WELDING AND ANY OTHER ITEMS REQUIRED BY THE LOCAL BUILDING CODE. 8. DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE APPROXIMATE. COORDINATE ALL MEMBER LOCATIONS WI FINISH ARCHITECTURAL DIMENSIONS CONSTRUCTION AND SAFETY 1. ERECTOR SHALL PROVIDE TEMPORARY BRACING FOR THE ENTIRE STRUCTURE UNTIL PERMANENT BRACING IS INSTALLED AND FUNCTIONING AS THE DESIGNED UNIT. 2. THE ENGINEER OF RECORD SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE MEANS, METHODS, TECHNIQUES, SEQUENCES, OR PROCEDURES OF CONSTRUCTION SELECTED BY THE CONTRACTOR. 3. THE ERECTOR SHALL BE SOLELY AND COMPLETELY RESPONSIBLE FOR THE CONDITIONS OF THE JOB SITE INCLUDING SAFETY OF ALL PERSONS AND PROPERTY. COLD -FORMED LIGHT GAGE STEEL FRAMING 1. SPECIFICATIONS: DESIGN, FABRICATION, AND ERECTION TO BE GOVERNED BY LATEST REVISION OF THE AISI "SPECIFICATION OF THE DESIGN OF COLD- FORMED STEEL STRUCTURAL MEMBERS". 2. STRUCTURAL STUDS, JOISTS, BRIDGING AND ACCESSORIES SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM YIELD STRENGTH OF 50,000 PSI FOR 16 GAGE AND THICKER MATERIALS, AND 33,000 PSI FOR MATERIALS THINNER THAN 16 GAGE. 3. CONNECTIONS TO BE FIELD SCREWED WITH #10 SCREWS MINIMUM. 4. ALL MATERIAL TO BE GALVANIZED COATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM A525 G-60. TOUCH-UP FIELD WELDS WITH ZINC RICH PAINT. 5. HANDLING AND LIFTING OF PREFABRICATED PANELS SHALL BE DONE IN SUCH A MANNER AS TO NOT CAUSE DISTORTION IN ANY MEMBER. TRACKS SHALL BE SECURELY ANCHORED TO THE SUPPORTING STRUCTURE. STUDS SHALL BE PLUMBED, ALIGNED AND SECURELY ATTACHED TO THE FLANGES OR WEBS OF BOTH UPPER AND LOWER TRACKS. 6. TEMPORARY BRACING SHALL BE PROVIDED UNTIL ERECTION IS COMPLETED. 7. COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURAL AND STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ALL UGHT GAGE FRAMING LOCATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS. COORDINATE LOCATIONS AND DESIGN FOR ALL WALL HUNG EQUIPMENT. 8. PROVIDE CONNECTIONS, BRACES, BRIDGING AND RUNNER TRACKS (MIN. 14 GAGE, BUT NOT LESS THAN GAGE OF SUPPORTED STUD) TO DEVELOP THE FULL CAPACITY OF THE MEMBERS, PROVIDE CUPS, CONNECTIONS, STRAPPING FOR TEMPORARY LATERAL BRACING AND ALL ITEMS NECESSARY FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. 9. PROVIDE AND COORDINATE VERTICAL SLIP CONNECTION TO STRUCTURAL STEEL MEMBERS WHERE REQUIRED. 10. WINDOW AND DOOR HEADS SHALL BE FRAMED WITH JOIST SECTIONS SUFFICIENTTO CARRY THE WEIGHT OF THE WALL ABOVE AND TRANSFER WINDOW AND WALL LATERAL FORCES TO THE JAMBS. JAMB SECTIONS SHALL CONSIST OF HEAVIER GAUGE STUDS, MULTIPLE STUDS, OR BOTH AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE LATERAL SUPPORT FOR WINDOW AND DOOR OPENINGS. 11. ALL FIELD CUTTING SHALL BE PERFORMED WITH A SAW. 12. COLD -FORMED LIGHT GAUGE STEEL MEMBERS SHALL BE DESIGNATED USING NDUSTRY STANDARD DESIGNATION AS FOLLOWS: 362 S 162 - 33 DEPTH TO 2 DECIMAL PLACES (3 5/8" INDICATED) SHAPE OF MEMBER ("S" = C -STUD) THICKNESS IN MILS (20 GA. INDICATED) FLANGE WIDTH TO 2 DECIMAL PLACES (1 5/8" INDICATED) 600T200-68 (LENGTH OF TRACK = DEPTH OF BOXED BEAM) BOXED BEAM SEE PLAN. BOXED BEAM TO POST CONNECTION TYP AT ALL LOCATIONS UNO EXIST. SLAB ON GRADE SHOWN SHADED VIE (10)#10 SCREWS AT WEB AND (5) #10 SCREWS AT EACH FLANGE OF TRACK (2)#10 SCREWS EA. FACE OF POST TYP (2) 600T200-68 (NESTED) TO FORM POST BASE. ATTACH TO CONC SLAB W/ (6) 0.145"0 POWER ACTUATED FASTENERS. CORRECTION REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED AUG 292013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA AUG 21 2013 PERMIT CENTER GREG RILEY, P.E. 785 TUCKER RD., SUITE "G" PMB 552 TEHACHAPI, CA 93561 SIGNED AND SEALED ON : 08-19-2013 EXPIRES :01-30-2014 J.CREW Southcenter Mall 633 Southcenter Mall Space No. 676 Tukwila, WA 98188 Level: Ground Floor J.Crew No. 807 Project No. 1339 NO. DATE ISSUE 07-17-13 Issue for Permit 07-17-13 Issue for Bid 07-17-13 Issue for LL & Client Review 4 08-19-13 Issue for DoB's comments. STOREFRONT FRAMING PLAN AND DETAILS S1 J